PPCH-G™
High Gas Pressure
Controller/Calibrator

Operation and Maintenance Manual© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

High pressure liquids and gases are potentially hazardous. Energy stored in these liquids and gases
can be released unexpectedly and with extreme force. High pressure systems should be assembled andoperated only by personnel who have been instructed in proper safety practices.

This instrument is not to be operated in any other manner than that specified by the manufacturer.
© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company All rights reserved.
Information in this document is subject to change without notice. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any
form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, for any purpose, without the express written permission of DH Instruments, a
Fluke Company 4765 East Beautiful Lane, Phoenix AZ 85044-5318, USA.
DH Instruments makes sincere efforts to ensure accuracy and quality of its’ published materials; however, no warranty, expressedor implied, is provided. DH Instruments disclaims any responsibility or liability for any direct or indirect damages resulting from theuse of the information in this manual or products described in it. Mention of any product or brand does not constitute an
endorsement by DH Instruments of that product or brand. This manual was originally composed in English and was subsequently
translated into other languages. The fidelity of the translation cannot be guaranteed. In case of conflict between the English version
and other language versions, the English version predominates.
Products described in this manual are manufactured under international patents and one or more of the following U.S. patents:
5,142,483; 5,257,640; 5,331,838; 5,445,035. Other U.S. and international patents pending.
AutoRange, AutoZ, DH Instruments, DH, DHI, COMPASS, PPC, PPCH-G-G, QDUT, Q-RPT, RPM, RPM4 and SDS are
trademarks, registered and otherwise, of DH Instruments, a Fluke Company.
Teflon is a registered trademark of 3M Corporation.
Document No. 550150-02
060522Printed in the USA.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

TABLE OF CONTENTSTABLE OF CONTENTSTABLE OF CONTENTS ............................................................... ITABLES .................................................................................. V
FIGURES................................................................................ VI
ABOUT THIS MANUAL ............................................................ VII
1.

INTRODUCTION ................................................................. 1
1.1
1.2

PRODUCT OVERVIEW ...........................................................................................................................1
SPECIFICATIONS ...................................................................................................................................1
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.2.1
1.2.2.2
1.2.2.3
1.2.3

2.

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS .......................................................................................................................1
PRESSURE MEASUREMENT SPECIFICATIONS........................................................................................2
QUARTZ REFERENCE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER (Q-RPT) ................................................................2
UTILITY SENSOR ......................................................................................................................................4
ON-BOARD BAROMETER ........................................................................................................................4
PRESSURE CONTROL SPECIFICATIONS ..................................................................................................4

INSTALLATION .................................................................. 5
2.1

UNPACKING AND INSPECTION ............................................................................................................5
2.1.1
2.1.2

2.2

SITE REQUIREMENTS............................................................................................................................6
2.2.1

2.3

PREPARING FOR OPERATION ...................................................................................................................7
FRONT AND REAR PANELS ........................................................................................................................7
FRONT PANEL ..........................................................................................................................................7
REAR PANEL.............................................................................................................................................8
POWER CONNECTION.................................................................................................................................8
REMOTE [ENTER/SET P] CONNECTION (FOOTSWITCH OR OTHER SWITCH) .....................................8
CONNECTING DRIVE AIR (DRIVE PORT) ...................................................................................................9
CONNECTING HIGH PRESSURE GAS SUPPLY (SUPPLY PORT)............................................................9
CONNECTING TO OTHER DEVICES .........................................................................................................10
CONNECTING TO AN RPM4 TO BE USED AS AN EXTERNAL REFERENCE DEVICE ......................10
CONNECTING TO A PG7202 PISTON GAUGE .....................................................................................12
CONNECTING TO A DEVICE UNDER TEST (TEST PORT) ..................................................................12
CHECK/SET SECURITY LEVEL .................................................................................................................13
TURN OFF ABSOLUTE MEASUREMENT MODE ......................................................................................13

POWER-UP AND VERIFICATION.........................................................................................................13
2.4.1
2.4.2
2.4.3
2.4.4
2.4.4.1
2.4.4.2
2.4.5
2.4.6

2.5

INSTALLATION IN A 19 IN. RACK MOUNT .................................................................................................6

INITIAL SETUP ........................................................................................................................................7
2.3.1
2.3.2
2.3.2.1
2.3.2.2
2.3.3
2.3.4
2.3.5
2.3.6
2.3.7
2.3.7.1
2.3.7.2
2.3.7.3
2.3.8
2.3.9

2.4

REMOVING FROM PACKAGING..................................................................................................................5
INSPECTING CONTENTS.............................................................................................................................5

SWITCH POWER ON ..................................................................................................................................13
APPLY DRIVE AIR (DRIVE PORT) .............................................................................................................14
APPLY HIGH PRESSURE GAS SUPPLY (SUPPLY PORT) ......................................................................14
CHECK PRESSURE MEASUREMENT OPERATION.................................................................................14
CHECKING ABSOLUTE MODE PRESSURE MEASUREMENT.............................................................14
CHECKING GAUGE MODE PRESSURE MEASUREMENT ...................................................................14
LEAK CHECK ..............................................................................................................................................15
CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL OPERATION ...........................................................................................15

STORAGE AND SHIPPING ...................................................................................................................16
2.5.1
2.5.2
2.5.3

SHORT TERM STORAGE ...........................................................................................................................16
LONG TERM STORAGE .............................................................................................................................16
PREPARATION FOR SHIPPING.................................................................................................................16

Page I© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

3.

OPERATION ..................................................................... 17
3.1

USER INTERFACE ................................................................................................................................17
3.1.1
3.1.2
3.1.3
3.1.4
3.1.5

3.2

GENERAL OPERATING PRINCIPLES .................................................................................................21
3.2.1
3.2.2
3.2.2.1
3.2.2.2
3.2.2.3
3.2.2.4
3.2.2.5
3.2.2.6
3.2.3
3.2.4
3.2.5
3.2.6
3.2.7
3.2.8

3.3

[RANGE] ......................................................................................................................................................33[UNIT]...........................................................................................................................................................35[MODE] ........................................................................................................................................................36[AUTORANGE] ............................................................................................................................................37[RPT] ............................................................................................................................................................39[AUTOTEST] ................................................................................................................................................40
QUICK AUTOTEST ..................................................................................................................................41
QDUT AUTOTEST ...................................................................................................................................44[HEAD] .........................................................................................................................................................47[PRIME] (CYCLE) ........................................................................................................................................48[LEAK CK] ...................................................................................................................................................49[ENT/SET P] (SET PRESSURE AUTOMATICALLY)..................................................................................51
DYNAMIC CONTROL MODE, [ENT/SET P] ............................................................................................51
STATIC CONTROL MODE, [ENT/SET P]................................................................................................53
MONOTONIC CONTROL MODE, [ENT/SET P] ......................................................................................54
RAMP CONTROL MODE, [ENT/SET P] ..................................................................................................55
PG CONTROL MODE, [ENT/SET P] .......................................................................................................56
INTERRUPTING AUTOMATED PRESSURE CONTROL........................................................................56
AUTOMATED PRESSURE COMMANDS FOR ZERO PRESSURE....................................................57[SETUP] .................................................................................................................................................57
3.4.1
3.4.1.1
3.4.1.2
3.4.2
3.4.3
3.4.4
3.4.4.1
3.4.5
3.4.6
3.4.6.1
3.4.6.2
3.4.6.3
3.4.7

3.5

PRESSURE CONTROL PRINCIPLES ........................................................................................................21
AUTOMATED PRESSURE CONTROL .......................................................................................................23
IDLE, NO AUTOMATED CONTROL (MEASURE MODE) .......................................................................23
DYNAMIC CONTROL ..............................................................................................................................24
STATIC CONTROL ..................................................................................................................................25
MONOTONIC CONTROL.........................................................................................................................26
RAMP CONTROL.....................................................................................................................................27
PG CONTROL..........................................................................................................................................28
PRESSURE READY/NOT READY ..............................................................................................................29
GAUGE MEASUREMENT MODE, DYNAMIC COMPENSATION FOR ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE ......29
MULTIPLE INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL Q-RPTS .....................................................................................30
MULTIPE RANGES (Q-RPTS, AUTORANGE AND INFINITE RANGING) .................................................31
OPERATION WITH A PG7000 PISTON GAUGE ........................................................................................32
DIRECT FUNCTION KEYS SUMMARY ......................................................................................................32

DIRECT FUNCTION KEYS....................................................................................................................33
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.3
3.3.4
3.3.5
3.3.6
3.3.6.1
3.3.6.2
3.3.7
3.3.8
3.3.9
3.3.103.3.10.1
3.3.10.2
3.3.10.3
3.3.10.4
3.3.10.5
3.3.10.6
3.3.10.7

3.4

MAIN RUN SCREEN....................................................................................................................................17
FUNCTION / DATA KEYPAD LAYOUT AND PROTOCOL.........................................................................19
DIRECT PRESSURE CONTROL KEYS......................................................................................................20
REMOTE [ENT/SET P] (FOOT)SWITCH.....................................................................................................21
SOUNDS ......................................................................................................................................................21<1RANGE> ..................................................................................................................................................57
SAVING AN AUTORANGE RANGE ........................................................................................................58
DELETING AUTORANGE RANGES........................................................................................................58<2RES> (RESOLUTION) .............................................................................................................................58<3JOG>........................................................................................................................................................59<4UL> (UPPER LIMIT) ................................................................................................................................60
OVER PRESSURE FUNCTION ...............................................................................................................61<5ATEST>....................................................................................................................................................61<6CONTROL>..............................................................................................................................................62<1LIMITS> (CUSTOM CONTROL PARAMETERS) ................................................................................64<2MODE> ................................................................................................................................................66
TURNING-OFF CUSTOM CONTROL PARAMETERS............................................................................66<7DRV> (DRIVERS) ....................................................................................................................................67[SPECIAL] .............................................................................................................................................67
3.5.1
3.5.1.1
3.5.1.2
3.5.2
3.5.2.1
3.5.2.2
3.5.2.3
3.5.2.4
3.5.3
3.5.4
3.5.4.1
3.5.4.2<1AUTOZ> ...................................................................................................................................................68
EDIT AUTOZ ............................................................................................................................................71
RUN AUTOZ.............................................................................................................................................71<2REMOTE> ................................................................................................................................................73<1COM1, 2COM2>...................................................................................................................................73<3IEEE-488> ............................................................................................................................................74<4FORMAT> ............................................................................................................................................74<5RS232 SELF-TEST> ............................................................................................................................74<3HEAD> .....................................................................................................................................................75<4RESET> ...................................................................................................................................................75<1SETS> ..................................................................................................................................................76<2UNITS> ................................................................................................................................................76© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page IITABLE OF CONTENTS

3.5.4.3
3.5.4.4
3.5.4.5
3.5.5
3.5.5.1
3.5.5.2
3.5.5.3
3.5.5.4
3.5.5.5
3.5.6
3.5.7
3.5.7.1
3.5.7.2
3.5.7.3
3.5.8
3.5.9

4.

REMOTE OPERATION ....................................................... 87
4.1
4.2

OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................................87
INTERFACING .......................................................................................................................................87
4.2.1
4.2.1.1
4.2.1.2
4.2.1.3

4.3

4.4

PROGRAMMING MESSAGES ....................................................................................................................91
ERROR MESSAGES ...................................................................................................................................92
PROGRAM MESSAGE DESCRIPTION OVERVIEW ..................................................................................93
PROGRAM MESSAGE DESCRIPTIONS ....................................................................................................94

STATUS REPORTING SYSTEM ......................................................................................................... 117
4.5.1
4.5.2
4.5.3
4.5.4

4.6

CLASSIC PROGRAM MESSAGE FORMAT ...............................................................................................89
ENHANCED PROGRAM MESSAGE FORMAT ..........................................................................................89
USING COMMAND TYPE COMMANDS .................................................................................................89
USING QUERY TYPE COMMANDS ...................................................................................................90

COMMANDS ..........................................................................................................................................91
4.4.1
4.4.2
4.4.3
4.4.4

4.5

RS232 INTERFACE .....................................................................................................................................87
COM1 .......................................................................................................................................................87
IEEE-488 ..................................................................................................................................................88
COM2 .......................................................................................................................................................88

PROGRAMMING FORMATS.................................................................................................................88
4.3.1
4.3.2
4.3.2.1
4.3.2.2

ERROR QUEUE.........................................................................................................................................117
STATUS BYTE REGISTER .......................................................................................................................117
STANDARD EVENT REGISTER ...............................................................................................................119
READY STATUS REGISTER ....................................................................................................................119

IEEE STD. 488.2 COMMON AND STATUS PROGRAM MESSAGES................................................120
4.6.1

5.

<3ATEST>................................................................................................................................................77<4CAL> ....................................................................................................................................................77<5ALL> .....................................................................................................................................................77<5PREF>......................................................................................................................................................78<1SCRSVR> ............................................................................................................................................78<2SOUND> ..............................................................................................................................................79<3TIME>...................................................................................................................................................79<4ID>........................................................................................................................................................79<5LEVEL> (SECURITY)...........................................................................................................................80<6PUNIT>.....................................................................................................................................................82<7INTERNAL> .............................................................................................................................................84<1CONFIG> .............................................................................................................................................84<2BARO> .................................................................................................................................................84<3SUPPLY> .............................................................................................................................................85<8CAL> ........................................................................................................................................................85<9LOG>........................................................................................................................................................85

PROGRAM MESSAGE DESCRIPTIONS ..................................................................................................121

MAINTENANCE, ADJUSTMENTS A N D C A L I B R A T I O N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 3
5.1
5.2

OVERVIEW ..........................................................................................................................................123
CALIBRATION OF QUARTZ REFERENCE PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS (Q-RPTS) ......................123
5.2.1
5.2.1.1
5.2.1.2
5.2.2
5.2.3
5.2.4
5.2.5
5.2.6
5.2.7
5.2.8

PRINCIPLE ................................................................................................................................................123
PA AND PM COEFFICIENTS ................................................................................................................124
AS RECEIVED AND AS LEFT DATA ....................................................................................................125
EQUIPMENT REQUIRED ..........................................................................................................................125
SET-UP AND PREPARATION...................................................................................................................126
RECOMMENDED CALIBRATION POINT SEQUENCE ............................................................................126
TURNING OFF ABSOLUTE ME AS URE ME NT MODE FOR A Q-RP T ...........................................127
Q-RPT CALIBRATION USING CALTOOL FOR RPTS SOFTWARE........................................................128
EDITING AND VIEWING Q-RPT CALIBRATION INFORMATION............................................................128
Q-RPT CALIBRATION/ADJUSTMENT WITHOUT CALTOOL FOR RPTS SOFTWARE.........................130

5.3

ADJUSTMENT OF ON-BOARD BAROMETER...................................................................................131

5.4

ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY SENSOR ................................................................................................131

5.5

THERMAL PRESSURE CONTROL UNIT (TPCU) CONFIGURATION ...............................................132

5.6

VALVE OPENING POINT CONFIGURATION .....................................................................................133

5.7

OVERHAUL .........................................................................................................................................134

5.8

RELOADING EMBEDDED SOFTWARE INTO FLASH MEMORY......................................................135

5.9

SUBASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION AND LOCATION ............................................................................136
5.9.1

ELECTRONIC MODULE............................................................................................................................136

Page III© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

5.9.1.1
POWER ENTRY AND FUSE..................................................................................................................136
5.9.1.2
POWER SUPPLIES ...............................................................................................................................137
5.9.1.3
DRIVER BOARD ....................................................................................................................................137
5.9.1.4
MINI MICRO BOARD .............................................................................................................................137
5.9.1.5
ON-BOARD BAROMETER ....................................................................................................................137
5.9.2
MECHANICAL MODULE ...........................................................................................................................138
5.9.2.1
SUPPLY PRESSURE TRANSDUCER...................................................................................................138
5.9.2.2
HI Q-RPT OR UTILITY SENSOR...........................................................................................................139
5.9.2.3
TEST VENT VALVE ...............................................................................................................................139
5.9.2.4
SUPPLY ISOLATION VAVLE.................................................................................................................139
5.9.2.5
LO Q-RPT, ISOLATION VALVE, VENT VALVE (OPTIONAL) ...............................................................139
5.9.2.6
SUPPLY ACCUMULATOR.....................................................................................................................139
5.9.2.7
FRONT PANEL ......................................................................................................................................139
5.9.2.8
ELECTRICAL CABLE TRACK ...............................................................................................................139
5.9.2.9
INLET CONTROL VALVE ......................................................................................................................140
5.9.2.10
OUTLET CONTROL VALVE ..................................................................................................................140
5.9.2.11
THERMAL PRESSURE CONTROL UNIT (TPCU) ................................................................................140

6.

TROUBLESHOOTING .......................................................141

7.

APPENDIX ......................................................................145
7.1
7.2

DRIVERS .............................................................................................................................................145
UNIT CONVERSION ............................................................................................................................146
7.2.1

7.3

8.

REMOTE [ENT] ...................................................................................................................................146

WARRANTY ....................................................................147
8.1

9.

PRESSURE................................................................................................................................................146

OVERVIEW ..........................................................................................................................................147

GLOSSARY .....................................................................149© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page IVTABLES & FIGURESTABLES
Table 1. Quartz Reference Pressure Transducer (Q-RPT) designations and range .................................. 2
Table 2. PPCH-G packing list ...................................................................................................................... 5
Table 3. MAIN RUN screen display fields.................................................................................................. 18
Table 4. Position designators of Q-RPTs in a PPCH-G system ................................................................ 31
Table 5. Settings and to what they are specific (range, measurement mode, Q-RPT, system) ............... 32
Table 6. Summary of PPCH-G function key operation .............................................................................. 33
Table 7. Settings made by AutoRange ...................................................................................................... 37
Table 8. Default pressure control parameters ........................................................................................... 63
Table 9. AutoZ ON and OFF...................................................................................................................... 69
Table 10. Reset – Sets............................................................................................................................... 76
Table 11. Reset – Cal ................................................................................................................................ 77
Table 12. Reset – All.................................................................................................................................. 78
Table 13. Security levels ............................................................................................................................ 81
Table 14. UNIT function - available units of measure................................................................................ 83
Table 15. COM1 pin designations and connections .................................................................................. 87
Table 16. COM2 DB-9F pin designations .................................................................................................. 88
Table 17. Program Message List ............................................................................................................... 91
Table 18. Error #s and descriptions ........................................................................................................... 92
Table 19. 8 Bit status byte register .......................................................................................................... 117
Table 20. 8 bit standard event register .................................................................................................... 119
Table 21. 8 bit ready status register......................................................................................................... 119
Table 22. Program message list .............................................................................................................. 120
Table 23. Calibration point sequence, PPCH-G Q-RPTs ........................................................................ 127
Table 24. Troubleshooting Guide............................................................................................................. 141
Table 25. External drivers current output................................................................................................. 145
Table 26. External drivers pin outs .......................................................................................................... 145
Table 27. Pressure unit of measure conversion coefficients ................................................................... 146
Table 28. DHI Authorized Service Providers ........................................................................................... 147

Page V© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALFI G U R E S
Figure 1. Front panel.................................................................................................................................... 7
Figure 2. Rear panel .................................................................................................................................... 8
Figure 3. Connecting PPCH-G to an RPM4 or PG7202 using the standard
PPCH-G interconnection accessories..................................................................................... 11
Figure 4. Keypad layout .............................................................................................................................. 19
Figure 5. Direct pressure control keys ....................................................................................................... 20
Figure 6. Pressure control system schematic............................................................................................ 22
Figure 7. Dynamic pressure control operation........................................................................................... 24
Figure 8. Ready/Not Ready in dynamic pressure control mode ................................................................ 25
Figure 9. Static pressure control operation................................................................................................ 25
Figure 10. Ready/Not Ready in static control mode .................................................................................. 26
Figure 11. Monotonic pressure control operation ...................................................................................... 27
Figure 12. Ready/Not Ready in monotonic pressure control mode........................................................... 27
Figure 13. Ramp pressure control operation ............................................................................................. 28
Figure 14. Ready/Not Ready in ramp pressure control mode ................................................................... 28
Figure 15. Status register schematic ....................................................................................................... 118
Figure 16. Electronic module, internal view ............................................................................................. 136
Figure 17. Mechanical module, internal view........................................................................................... 138
Figure 18. Drivers connector schematic .................................................................................................. 145
Figure 19. Remote [ENT/SET P] connector schematic ........................................................................... 146© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page VIABOUT THIS MANUALABOUT THIS MANUALThis manual is intended to provide the user with the basic information necessary to operate a PPCH-Gpressure controller/calibrator. It also includes a great deal of additional information provided to allow you
to optimize PPCH-G use and take full advantage of its many features and functions.
Before using the manual, take a moment to familiarize yourself with the Table of Contents structure:
Sections 1, 2 and 3 should be read by all first time PPCH-G users. Section 3 is most important for thoseusing the local front panel interface but should be read over by all users to familiarize themselves withgeneral PPCH-G operating principles. Section 1 is for remote operation from an external computer. Section
5 provides maintenance and calibration information. Section 6 is a quick troubleshooting guide. Use it totroubleshoot unexpected PPCH-G behavior based on the symptom of that behavior. Certain words andexpressions have specific meaning as they pertain to PPCH-G. The Glossary, Section 9, is useful as aquick reference for exact definition of specific words and expressions as they are used in the manual.
For those of you who “don’t read manuals”, go directly to Section 2.3 to set up your PPCH-G and then
go to Section 2.4 for power-up and verification. This will get you up and running quickly with a minimal risk of
causing damage to yourself or your new PPCH-G. THEN… when you have questions or start to wonder about
all the great features you might be missing, get into the manual!

(CAUTION) is used in throughout the manual to identify user warnings and cautions.

(NOTE) is used throughout the manual to identify operating and applications advice andadditional explanations.
[ ] indicates direct function keys (e.g., [RANGE]).
< > indicates PPCH-G screen displays (e.g., <1yes>).

Page VII© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALNO T E S© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page VIII

1. INTRODUCTION

1.

INTRODUCTION

1.1

PRODUCT OVERVIEW

PPCH-G is a pressure controller intended to precisely set and control high pneumatic pressure into a
closed volume as is commonly needed for the calibration and testing of pressure measuring instruments.
It has been designed to provide very high performance combined with maximum versatility and ease ofuse. Four different control modes are available for different applications.
PPCH-G can be equipped with a low cost utility sensor for pressure monitoring or one or two Quartz
Reference Pressure Transducers (Q-RPTs) to allow it to set and measure pressure with higher precisionand very low measurement uncertainty. Up to two external Q-RPTs in an external Reference Pressure
Monitors (RPM4), can also be integrated into a PPCH-G system. A on-board barometer is included foratmospheric pressure compensation of gauge mode measurements and as a reference for AutoZero inabsolute measurement mode.
PPCH-G requires a constant gas pressure supply greater than the maximum pressure to be controlled. Thiscan be supplied by a DHI GB-H-152-70M or GB-H-100M gas booster package. Pressure control is achievedby servo-motor controlled, high pressure needle valves and a thermal pressure control system.
PPCH-G is controlled locally by the operator using a front panel display, keypad and function keys or
remotely by a computer using ASCII character command strings over an RS232 or IEEE-488.2 interface.
PPCH-G models are available to measure and control pressure in ranges from as low as 10 MPa (1 500 psi)
to 100 MPa (15 000 psi) in absolute and gauge measurement modes.
PPCH-G is the standard automated pressure control component for automated pressure control in
ranges greater than 10 MPa (1 500 psi) in PG7202 high pressure gas piston gauge systems.

1.2

SPECIFICATIONS
1.2.1

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONSPower Requirements
Operating Temperature Range
Storage Temperature Range
Vibration
WeightDimensions

Ventilation
Communication Ports
Fuses

85 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 75 W max consumption
15 to 35 °C- 20 to 70 °C
Meets MIL-T-28800D
With Hi Q-RPT or utility sensor only: 30 kg (66 lb)
With Hi Q-RPT or utility sensor and Lo Q-RPT: 33 kg (73 lb)
Enclosure: add 10 kg (22 lb)
Without optional enclosure: 26 cm H x 44 cm W x 55 cm D
(10.2 in. x 17.3 in. x 21.7 in.) Front panel is 19” wide X 6U high with mounting
holes for standard 19 in. rack mount systems
With optional enclosure: 30 cm H x 52 cm W x 55 cm D
(11.8 in. x 20.5 in. x 21.7 in.)To prevent product overheating, provide proper ventilation. Allow 10 cm(4 in.) clearance from rear panel cooling fan.
RS232 (COM1), RS232 (COM2), IEEE-488.2
Fuses 1 A, 250 VAC fuse, 5 x 20 mm, time lag type fuse
Internal power supply fuse not replaceable by operator: 2A, 250 V (UV 440-2
power supply), 3.15A, 250 V (NFS40-7612 power supply)

Page 1© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Pressure Ranges

Four controller models from 20 MPa (3 000 psi) max to 100 MPa (15 000 psi)max.
Low uncertainty measurement provided by selection of Quartz Reference
Pressure transducer(s) (Q-RPTs)

Operating Media

Nitrogen, air, consult factory regarding other non-corrosive gases

Pressure Supplies

Test pressure supply:

Drive air supply:
Pressure Connections

DRIVE:TEST:
SUPPLY:ATM:
Pressure Limits
T

1.2.2

Maximum working
test pressure:
Maximum test
pressure without
damage:Greater than maximum pressure to be controlled by atleast 5% of controller range, but not more than 15%
greater than controller range, minimum 70% of
controller range. Must remain stable ± 1 % and flow
must be adequate to maintain stable supply while
slewing. into test volume.
500 to 800 kPa (75 to 120 psi)
1/8 in. NPT F
DH500F
DH500FNOTE: DH500 is a gland and collar type fitting for ¼
in. (6.35 mm) coned and left hand threaded tube.
DH500 is equivalent to AE F250C, HIP HF4, etc.
10-32 UNF
Controller or Hi Q-RPT maximum

115 % controller or Hi Q-RPT maximum

PRESSURE MEASUREMENT SPECIFICATIONS
1.2.2.1

QUARTZ REFERENCE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER (Q-RPT)

Quartz reference pressure transducers (Q-RPTs) can be installed in PPCH-G toobtain high precision and low uncertainty pressure measurement. One or two
Q-RPTs can be included in the PPCH-G and/or additional Q-RPTs can be used
externally mounted in a DHI RPM4 Reference Pressure Monitor (see Section 3.2.5).
All PPCH-G Q-RPTs are of the absolute pressure type (Axxx) using an evacuated,
permanently sealed reference. Axxx Q-RPTs used in PPCH-G can measureabsolute and gauge pressure. Gauge pressure is obtained by offsetting atmosphericpressure and applying dynamic compensation for atmospheric changes using theon-board barometer (see Section 3.2.4). See Section 3.3.3,  PRINCIPLE, foradditional information on absolute and gauge measurement modes.
PPCH-G models configured with two Q-RPT modules have only one TEST port.
PPCH-G internal valves and logic handle switching between the two Q-RPTs asneeded.
Table 1. Quartz Reference Pressure Transducer (Q-RPT) designations and range
SI VERSIONUS VERSIONMAXIMUM PRESSURE
Absolute and Gauge [MPa]MAXIMUM PRESSURE
Absolute and Gauge [psi]

A100M

100

15 000A70M

70

10 000

A40M

40

6 000

A20M

20

3 000

A14M

14

2 000

A10M

10

1 500

A7M

7

1 000

RPT
DESIGNATION© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 2

1. INTRODUCTION

Warm Up Time
Resolution
Compensated Temperature Range
Acceleration Affect30 minute temperature stabilization recommended forbest performance from cold power up.
To 1 ppm, user adjustable
15 to 35 °C± 0.008 % /g maximum, worst axis
Allows operation at ± 20° from reference plane without
significant effect1

Predicted one year stability± 0.005% of reading

Q-RPTs A7M, A10M (1000 and 1500 psi)
Precision

2

3

Measurement Uncertainty

4

Delivered Pressure Uncertainty

STANDARD CLASSPREMIUM CLASS± 0.008% of reading or
0.0024% of Q-RPT span,
5
whichever is greater± 0.005% of reading,
0.0015% of AutoRanged
span, or 0.0005% of
Q-RPT span, whichever is6greater± 0.01% of reading or
0.0030% of Q-RPT span,
5
whichever is greater± 0.008 % of reading,
0.0024% of AutoRanged
span, or 0.0007% of
Q-RPT span, whichever is6greater± 0.014% of reading or
0.004% of Q-RPT span,
5
whichever is greater± 0.013 % of reading,
0.014% of AutoRanged
span, or 0.003% of
Q-RPT span, whichever is6greater

Q-RPTs A14M to A100M (2000 to 15000 psi)
Precision

2

3

Measurement Uncertainty

4

Delivered Pressure Uncertainty± 0.012% of reading or 0.0036% of span,
5
whichever is greater± 0.013% of reading or 0.004 % of span,
5
whichever is greater± 0.016 % of reading or 0.005% of span,
5
whichever is greater

1. Predicted Q-RPT measurement stability limit (k=2) over one year assuming regular use of AutoZero function. AutoZero
occurs automatically in gauge mode whenever vented, by comparison with barometric reference in absolute mode.
Absolute mode predicted one year stability without AutoZ is ± (0.005 % Q-RPT span + 0.005 % of reading).
2. Combined linearity, hysteresis, repeatability.
3. Maximum deviation of the Q-RPT indication from the true value of applied pressure including precision, predicted one year
stability limit, temperature effect and calibration uncertainty, combined and expanded (k=2) following the ISO “Guide to theExpression of Uncertainty in Measurement.”
4. Maximum deviation of the PPCH-G controlled pressure from the true value including measurement uncertainty anddynamic control hold limit.
5. % of reading value times measured pressure from 100 to 30 % of Q-RPT span. Under 30 % of Q-RPT span, % of reading
value times 30 % of Q-RPT span. For example, if the Q-RPT is a an A40M, the Measurement Uncertainty in pressure is
0.013% times the measured pressure to 12 MPa (40 MPa span x 30%) and 0.00156 MPa (40 MPa span x 30% x 0.013%)
under 12 MPa.
6. % of reading value times measured pressure from 100 to 30% of AutoRanged span. Under 30% of AutoRanged span, % ofreading value times 30% of AutoRanged span. If AutoRanged span is less then 30% of maximum Q-RPT span, % of reading
values times measured pressure, or % of reading times 9% of Q-RPT span, whichever is greater. For example, if the Q-RPT is a
Premium A7M and AutoRanged span is 7 MPa, the Measurement Uncertainty in pressure is measured pressure x 0.008% to 2.1
MPa (7 MPa AutoRanged span x 30%) and 0.168 kPa (7 MPa span x 30% x 0.008%) under 2.1 MPa. If the AutoRanged span is
5 MPa (greater than 30% of 7 MPa maximum Q-RPT span), the Measurement Uncertainty in pressure is measured pressure x
0.008% to 1.5 MPa (7 MPa AutoRanged span x 30%) and 0.012 kPa (5 MPa span x 30% x 0.008%) under 1.5 MPa. If the
AutoRanged span is 2 MPa (less than 30% of the 7 MPa maximum Q-RPT span), the Measurement Uncertainty in pressure ismeasured pressure x 0.008% to 0.63 MPa (7 MPa maximum Q-RPT span x 9%) and 0.05 kPa (7 MPa maximum Q-RPT span x
9% x 0.008%) under 0.63 MPa.

Page 3© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

1.2.2.2

UTILITY SENSOR

Base PPCH-G pressure controllers include a utility sensor.
(see Section 3.2.5) is installed, there is no utility sensor.

If a Hi Q-RPT

Utility sensors are used for pressure control, system monitoring and safetyfunctions.They are intended for indication only, not to provide reference pressure
measurement. Q-RPTs (see Section 1.2.2.1) are used for reference measurement.
Warm Up Time
Range

1.2.2.3

None required
PPCH-G-100M: 100 MPa (15 000 psi) absolute and gauge
PPCH-G-70M: 70 MPa (10 000 psi) absolute and gauge
PPCH-G-40M: 40 MPa (6 000 psi) absolute and gauge
PPCH-G-20M: 20 MPa (3 000 psi) absolute and gauge

Resolution

0.001 % of span

Precision

0.1% of span

ON-BOARD BAROMETER

The on-board barometer is used only to measure changes in atmospheric pressure
to provide dynamic compensation of the Q-RPT’s atmospheric pressure offset when
operating in gauge measurement mode. If calibrated, it can also be used as an
AutoZ reference for AutoZeroing in absolute measurement mode.
Warm Up TimeRange

70 to 110 kPa (10 to 16 psi)

Resolution

0.001 % of span

Precision

0.1 % of span

Predicted Stability

1.2.3

None required

0.05 kPa/yr (0.008 psi/yr)

PRESSURE CONTROL SPECIFICATIONS
Lowest controllable pressure(absolute, gauge modes)

0.7 Mpa (100 psi)

Typical control ready time (dynamicmode)

90 to 150 seconds (assuming no supply limitation)

Typical maximum slew rate (0 to FS,
50 cc test)

60 seconds

Default dynamic control hold limit± 0.01 % of active range, or 0.003 % of Q-RPT maximum
span, whichever is greater

Control precision
TEST volume

to ± 0.001 % of Q-RPT spanStandard dynamic control: 0 to 100 cc
Other control modes: 0 to 500 cc

Highly pressurized gas is inherently
dangerous due to the high energy stored. Theenergy stored increases with volume.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 4

2. INSTALLATION

2.

INSTALLATION

2.1

UNPACKING AND INSPECTION
2.1.1

REMOVING FROM PACKAGING

PPCH-G is delivered in a wooden crate with high density polyethylene inserts to hold it in place.
A molded transit case is available.
Remove the PPCH-G and its accessories from the shipping container and remove eachelement from its protective plastic bag.
PPCH-G weighs more than 50 kg (110 lb). Take appropriate precautions to lift and place itsafely.

2.1.2

INSPECTING CONTENTS

Check that all items are present and have no visible damage.
A standard PPCH-G includes all items indicated in Table 2.
Table 2. PPCH-G packing list
DESCRIPTIONPART #

1 ea.

PPCH-G Pressure Controller/Calibrator

FAM0011

1 ea.

PPCH-G Enclosure (optional)

ACCESSORIES:

06-01
402255 (402255-CE)

1 ea.

Operation and Maintenance Manual

5501501 ea.

Calibration Report

550100

1 ea.

Test Report

1 ea.

Power Cord (7.5 ft.)

1 ea.

Drivers Connector

401382

1 ea.

General Accessories Disk (white CD)

102987550200100770 (100770-CE)

INTERCONNECTIONS KIT:

4015362 ea.

Nipple, 2.75 in., DH500

100207

1 ea.

Nipple, 6 in., DH500

1002082 ea.

Nipple, 12 in., DH500

1002091 ea.

Union, DH500

100295

1 ea.

Elbow, DH500

1001681 ea.

Tee, DH500

100291

2 ea.

Gland, DH500

100271

3 ea.

Plug, DH500

1002855 ea.

Collar, DH500

101201

1 ea.

Nipple, 5 in. x 1/8 in., DH500 tips

1230192 ea.

Adaptor, DH500 F x 1/8 in. NPT M

1028191 ea.

Adaptor, DH500 F x 1/4 in. NPT F

102820Page 5© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

2.2

SITE REQUIREMENTS

PPCH-G weighs more than 50 kg (110 lb). Be sure that the location in which its installed is adequate tosupport the load.
The PPCH-G can be installed on any flat, stable surface at a convenient height. The PPCH-G can also
be mounted in a standard 19 in. rack (see Section 2.2.1).
Minimizing the distance between the PPCH-G and the device or system under test will enhance control
performance and reduce pressure setting times.
Ready access to the PPCH-G rear panel should be considered to facilitate making and breaking
pressure connections.
Also consider:•High pressure gas source and connection of high pressure gas supply (see Section 2.3.6).

•

Pressure and RS-232 connections to an external RPM4 should be considered if RPM4 is to be
used as an external reference pressure measurement device (see Section 2.3.7.1).

•

Location and connections to the device or system into which pressure is to be controlled (seeSection 2.3.7.3).

Support facilities required include:•An electrical power source of 85 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz.

•

A pneumatic power supply, of “drive air” to be connected to the PPCH-G DRIVE port (see Section 2.3.5).

ALWAYS use external tubing and fittings rated for pressures equal to or greater than the maximum
pressure PPCH-G will set and control.

2.2.1

INSTALLATION IN A 19 IN. RACK MOUNTPPCH-G is dimensioned to be ready for direct mounting in a standard 19 in. rack mount system.
If PPCH-G was delivered in the optional enclosure, it must be removed from the enclosure
prior to rack mounting.
The front panel is 6U (10.5 in.) high.
Install PPCH-G into the rack mount system using heavy duty front panel screws provided by therack vendor. Due to PPCH-G’s weight, it is imperative that a rail system also be used to support
it along the sides and/or rear. These are also supplied by the rack mount system vendor.
PPCH-G weighs more than 50 kg (110 lb). Take appropriate precautions to lift and place itsafely. It is the user’s responsibility to support PPCH-G adequately on the sides and/or rear when
installing it in a rack mount system.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 6

2. INSTALLATION

2.3

INITIAL SETUP
2.3.1

PREPARING FOR OPERATION

To prepare PPCH-G for check out and operation:
Remove the plastic caps from the PPCH-G rear panel pressure connections.
Remove the protective plastic sheet from the front panel display.
Familiarize yourself briefly with the front and rear panel (see Section 2.3.2).
Then proceed with Sections 2.3.3 to 2.3.9.

2.3.2

FRONT AND REAR PANELS
2.3.2.1

FRONT PANEL

1. Ready/Not Ready Indicator
2. Display
3. Remote Activity Indicator

4. Cursor Control Keys
5. Multi-Function Keypad
6. Direct Pressure Control Keys

Figure 1. Front panel

Page 7© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

2.3.2.2

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

REAR PANELElectrical power connector (IEC-320-C13)
and fuse
Cooling fan
Remote [ENTER] connector
DRIVERS connector
RS-232 port, COM2
RS-232 port, COM1
Product label

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

IEEE-488 connector
ATM (barometer) port
Test gas VENT port
DRIVE air supply port
Test gas SUPPLY port
Mechanical module pull out handles
TEST port

Figure 2. Rear panel

2.3.3

POWER CONNECTION

Check that the PPCH-G power switch is OFF.
Connect the supplied power cable to the rear panel power input module.
Connect the other end of the power cable to an electrical supply of 85 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz.

2.3.4

REMOTE [ENTER/SET P] CONNECTION (FOOTSWITCHOR OTHER SWITCH)

Connect the optional remote ENTER footswitch, if available or a user supplied switch fitted tothe optional cable (see Section 7.3). Connect the cable to the PPCH-G rear panel
connection labeled REMOTE ENTER. Activating the switch is equivalent to pressing the[ENT/SET P] key on the front panel (see Section 3.1.4).

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 8

2. INSTALLATION

2.3.5

CONNECTING DRIVE AIR (DRIVE PORT)

Using a pressure connecting hose or tube of appropriate pressure rating, connect drive air
supply to the DRIVE port on the rear panel of PPCH-G. The DRIVE port connection is 1/8 in.
NPT female. Use Teflon™ tape or another thread sealant to minimize leakage.
If a DHI GB-H-152 is being used to supply pressure to the PPCH-G, the drive air may besupplied from the GB-H-152 DRIVE OUT port.
Drive air pressure must be between 500 and 800 kpa (75 to 120 psi).

2.3.6

CONNECTING HIGH PRESSURE GAS SUPPLY (SUPPLYPORT)Highly pressurized gas can be extremely hazardous. Before applying pressure to PPGH-G
and/or the system connected to it, be sure that all pressure vessels and connections are rated
for the pressure levels that will be applied and that all connections have been properly tightened.
Ensure that the PPCH-G is powered down, or if power is ON, it is in a vented condition (VENT LED
ON). Do not apply the supply pressure before reading Sections 2.4.1 and 2.4.3.
The PPCH-G SUPPLY port is for connection of the high pressure gas that PPCH-G controls.
Before connecting a high pressure supply, be sure that the PPCH-G is powered off, or if it isoff, that it is in a vented condition (vent LED ON). Do not apply the supply pressure before
reading Sections 2.4.1 and 2.4.3.
If a DHI GB-H-152 gas booster is being used for the high pressure gas supply,interconnections to connect the booster output to PPCH-G SUPPLY port are supplied withthe booster. See the booster Operation and Maintenance Manual for details on setting up
the connection.
Using a pressure tube of appropriate pressure rating, connect the pressure supply to the
SUPPLY port on the rear panel of PPCH-G. The SUPPLY connection is DH500 F.
DH500 is a gland and collar type fitting for 1/4 in. (6.35 mm) coned and left hand threaded
tube. DH500 is equivalent to AE F250C, HIP HF4, etc. DO NOT USE INCORRECT FITTINGS;DAMAGE TO THE FITTING AND DANGER TO THE OPERATOR COULD RESULT.
The supply pressure should be at least 5% of the PPCH-G range greater than the
maximum PPH-G pressure to be controlled but not greater than 115% of the PPCH-G
controller range. The minimum supply pressure is 70% of the PPCH-G range. The
supply pressure must be stable ± 1 % and assure adequate flow to remain stable while
PPCH-G is slewing pressure for PPCH-G pressure control to operate within specifications(see Section 1.2.3).
Never connect a pressure supply greater than 15 % over the maximum range of the PPCH-G
model you are using. Always use the correct fittings.

Take care NOT to connect the high pressure supply to a port other than the SUPPLY port.
CONNECTING THE HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY TO ANY PORT OTHER THAN THE SUPPLY PORT MAY
DAMAGE THE PPCH-G AND MAY CAUSE OPERATOR INJURY.

Page 9© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

2.3.7

CONNECTING TO OTHER DEVICESALWAYS use external tubing and fittings rated for pressure equal to or greater than the
maximum pressure PPCH-G will be used to control.
The PPCH-G TEST port is a DH500 female fitting.
DH500 is a gland and collar type fitting for 1/4 in. (6.35 mm) coned and left hand threaded
tube. DH500 is equivalent to AE F250C, HIP HF4, etc. DO NOT USE INCORRECT FITTINGS;DAMAGE TO THE FITTING AND DANGER TO THE OPERATOR COULD RESULT.
DH500 fittings are rated for working pressure up to 500 MPa (72 500 psi). Be sure to use
stainless steel tubing rated for your maximum operating pressure with the DH500 fittings.

2.3.7.1

CONNECTING TO AN RPM4 TO BE USED AS AN EXTERNALREFERENCE DEVICEALWAYS use external tubing and fittings rated for pressure equal to or
greater than the maximum pressure PPCH-G will be used to control.
PPCH-G can be connected pneumatically and by RS-232 to an RPM4 reference
pressure monitor to use up to two external Q-RPTs as external reference pressure
measurement devices (see Section 3.2.5).
The PPCH-G then manages communications and other RPM4 functions tointegrate the RPM4 measurement capabilities into the PPCH-G system. The
user is responsible for setting up hardware and following procedures toisolate lower pressure Q-RPTs from possible overpressure if pressureshigher than the Q-RPT maximum are generated.. PPCH-G and RPM4 do nothave hardware provisions for isolating external Q-RPTs from the TEST circuit.
As a general rule, making the pneumatic connection between the PPCH-G TEST
port and the remote Q-RPT as direct as possible favors good pressure control. As
distance, volumes and restrictions between the PPCH-G TEST port and the remote
Q-RPT increase, the possibility of difficulty with pressure control when using theexternal Q-RPT increases.
To connect a PPCH-G to an RPM4 to be used as part of the PPCH-G systemproceed as follows:
Set up the RPM4 for use as a PPCH-G external device following the
instructions in the RRPM4 Operation and Maintenance Manual, Using RPM4 With a
PPC3 Controller/Calibrator Section.
Using tubing of appropriate pressure rating and a tee fitting, connect the
RPM4 Q-RPT TEST(+) port to the PPCH-G TEST port (see Figure 3 for
instructions on making this connection using the standard interconnectionaccessories supplied with the PPCH-G). The third leg of the tee is for theconnection to the device or system under test.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 10

2. INSTALLATION

When external Q-RPTs are used with PPCH-G, the maximum set pressure is the
maximum pressure of the PPCH-G controller/calibrator. The maximum pressure of
the PPCH-G is determined by the PPCH-G controller model or the Hi Q-RPT if one isinstalled (see Section 1.2.1).
Using a standard pin-to-pin DB-9M to DB-9F RS232 cable, connect COM2 ofthe PPCH-G to COM1 of the RPM4 (see Section 4.2.1.3).
Turn ON the RPM4 and the PPCH-G.
Press [RPT] on the PPCH-G key pad. This causes PPCH-G to execute the
Q-RPT search function (see Section 3.3.5). Following the search, Q-RPTs
with whom communication is established are shown on the PPCH-G display,
identified by their position (see Table 4).
For PPCH-G to identify an external RPM4, the RPM4 COM port settings must be:
Baud rate: between 1200 and 19200
Parity: Even
Data bits: 7
Stop bits: 1
If PPCH-G is not able to establish communications with an RPM4 and its Q-RPTs,
check that the RPM4 COM1 port settings conform to the requirements above. If theCOM1 port settings are correct, check that the correct communications cable isbeing used (standard pin-to-pin DB-9M to DB-9F RS232) and is connected to thecorrect communications ports.
See the RPM4 Operation and Maintenance Manual for additional information on
RPM4 RS232 communications and COM port settings.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

PPCH-G
2.75 in. (70 mm) DH500 nipple
DH500 tee
12 in. (305 mm) DH500 nipple
DH500 tee (RPM4) or union (PG7000)
6 in. (152 mm) DH500 nipple

7.
8.

DH500 union (RPM4) or tee (PG7000)
5 in. (127 mm) DH500 x 1/8 in. tube
weld nipple (slightly flexible)
9a. RPM4 or RPM3
9b. PG7202

Figure 3. Connecting PPCH-G to an RPM4 or PG7202
using the standard PPCH-G interconnection accessories

Page 11© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

2.3.7.2

CONNECTING TO A PG7202 PISTON GAUGEALWAYS use external tubing and fittings rated for pressure equal to or
greater than the maximum pressure PPCH-G will be used to control.
PPCH-G is frequently used as the automated pressure generation and control
component in a PG7202 high pressure gas piston gauge system. To do so, it
must be connected pneumatically and by RS-232 to the PG7202.
The PG7202 puts the PPCH-G into remote mode and manages its operation.
To connect a PPCH-G to a PG7202 to be used as an automated pressure
generation and control component in the PG7202 system, proceed as follows:
Using tubing of appropriate pressure rating and a tee fitting, connect the
PG7202 TEST port to the PPCH-G TEST port (see Figure 3 for instructions
on making this connection using the standard interconnections accessories
supplied with the PPCH-G). The third leg of the tee is for the connection to
the device or system under test.
Using a standard pin-to-pin DB-9M to DB-9F RS232 cable, connect COM1 of
the PPCH-G to COM3 of the PG7202.
See the PG7000 Operation and Maintenance Manual for information on
operating the PG7202 with an automated pressure controlling device.
For PPCH-G to be identified by a PG7202 platform, the PPCH-G-COM1 portsettings must be the same as the PG7202 COM3 settings (baud rate, parity, data
bits, stop bits). If the PG7202 is not able to establish communications with PPCHG, check that the PPCH-G COM1 port settings are the same as the PG7202 COM3
settings.
If the COM port settings are correct, check that the correctcommunications cable is being used (standard pin-to-pin DB-9M to DB-9F RS232)
and is connected to the correct communications ports.
See the PG7202 Operation and Maintenance Manual for additional information on
PG7202 RS232 communications and COM port settings.

2.3.7.3

CONNECTING TO A DEVICE UNDER TEST (TEST PORT)ALWAYS use external tubing and fittings rated for pressure equal to or
greater than the maximum pressure PPCH-G will be used to generate.
Using a pressure connecting hose or tube of appropriate pressure rating,connect the device or system to be tested to the PPCH-G TEST port. The PPCH-G
TEST connection is DH500 female.
DH500 is a gland and collar type fitting for 1/4 in. (6.35 mm) coned and left
hand threaded tube. DH500 is equivalent to AE F250C, HIP HF4, etc. DO NOT USE
INCORRECT FITTINGS; DAMAGE TO THE FITTING AND DANGER TO THE OPERATOR
COULD RESULT.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 12

2. INSTALLATION

Minimizing the length of the test connection tubing will enhance control
performance and reduce pressure setting time. For normal operation, the optimum
total volume of the device or system under test including connecting tubing is 50 cc(3 in3) and should be less than 100 cc (6 in3) for standard dynamic control mode.
Up to 500 cc is acceptable for other control modes.

PPCH-G pressure control will not operate properly if there are excessive leaksin the system connected to its TEST port. In general, the maximum acceptable leakrate for optimal PPCH-G automated pressure control operation and to assure intolerance measurements with default pressure control parameters is 0.002 % ofreading/second. In DYNAMIC CONTROL mode, to handle higher test system leakrates, increase the hold limit using CUSTOM CONTROL (see Section 3.4.6.1) or use HI
VOLUME DYNAMIC CONTROL (see Section 3.2.2.2).

2.3.8

CHECK/SET SECURITY LEVELPPCH-G has a security system based on user levels. By default, the security system is set
to “low”, which includes certain access restrictions, and there is no password required tochange the security level. See Section 3.5.5.5 for information on the security level system.
As part of the PPCH-G startup, determine the security level that is appropriate for the PPCHG and set a password if desired.
PPCH-G is delivered with the security level set to “low” to avoid inadvertent altering of
critical internal settings but with access to changing security levels unrestricted. It is recommended
that the low security level be maintained at all times and password protection be implemented if
control over setting of security levels is desired.

2.3.9

TURN OFF ABSOLUTE MEASUREMENT MODE

PPCH-G Q-RPTs can operate in both absolute and gauge measurement modes (see Section
3.3.3). If the PPCH-G will only be used in gauge mode, absolute measurement mode may
be turned off for its Q-RPT(s) so it is no longer accessible. This can avoid confusion and/or
accidental use of the wrong measurement mode. See Section 5.2.5 for complete information
on turning off absolute measurement mode.

2.4

POWER-UP AND VERIFICATION
2.4.1

SWITCH POWER ON

Actuate the power switch on the PPCH-G rear panel. Observe the front panel display as
PPCH-G initializes, error checks and goes to the MAIN RUN screen (see Section 3.1.1).
PPCH-G power-up condition is Internal, Hi Q-RPT or utility sensor active, VENT ON unless thepressure measured by the Hi Q-RPT is more than 1 MPa (150 psi) away from standard
atmospheric pressure.
If the PPCH-G fails to reach the MAIN RUN screen, service is required. Record the sequence of
operations and displays observed. Contact a DHI Authorized Service Provider (see Table 28).

Page 13© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

2.4.2

APPLY DRIVE AIR (DRIVE PORT)

This section assumes that PPCH-G system has already been set up, including pressureinterconnection (see Section 2.3.5).
Apply pneumatic power of the appropriate pressure and flow rating to the PPCH-G DRIVE
port (see Section 2.3.5).

2.4.3

APPLY HIGH PRESSURE GAS SUPPLY (SUPPLY PORT)

This section assumes that PPCH-G system has already been set up, including pressureinterconnection (see Section 2.3.6).

Highly pressurized gas can be extremely hazardous. Before applying pressure to PPCH-G
and/or the system connected to it, be sure that all pressure vessels and connections are rated
for the pressure levels that will be applied and that all connections have been properly tightened.
Ensure that the PPCH-G is powered down, or if power is ON, it is in a vented condition (vent LED
ON). Do not apply the supply pressure before reading Sections 2.4.1 and 2.4.3.
Apply high pressure gas of appropriate rating to the PPCH-G SUPPLY port (see Section 2.3.6).

2.4.4

CHECK PRESSURE MEASUREMENT OPERATION
2.4.4.1

CHECKING ABSOLUTE MODE PRESSURE MEASUREMENT

Check that the PPCH-G operates properly in absolute mode.
If the PPCH-G is not vented (VENT LED ON), press the [VENT] direct pressure
control key (see Section 3.1.3).
Use the [RANGE] function key to change ranges if necessary and select the
Q-RPT’s DF range (see Section 3.3.1). Press the [MODE] function key andselect <absolute> (see Section 3.3.3). Use [UNIT] to change the pressure unit if
desired (see Section 3.3.2).
Observe the current value of atmospheric pressure. Check that the value agrees
with the local value of atmospheric pressure. Repeat this process for all the Q-RPTs
and or the utility sensor in the PPCH-G system. Check that the values ofatmospheric pressure measured by the different devices agree with each otherwithin PPCH-G or RPM4 measurement tolerances as applicable (see Sections
1.2.2.1, 1.2.2.2). If the Q-RPTs do not agree within tolerances in absolutemeasurement mode, the PPCH-G or RPM4 Q-RPT may need calibration or repair.

2.4.4.2

CHECKING GAUGE MODE PRESSURE MEASUREMENT

If the PPCH-G is not vented (VENT LED ON), press the [VENT] direct pressure
control key to vent it (see Section 3.1.3).
Use the [RANGE] function key to change ranges if necessary and select the
Q-RPT’s DF range (see Section 3.3.1). Press the [MODE] function key andselect <gauge> mode (see Section 3.3.3). Use [UNIT] to change the pressure
unit if desired (see Section 3.3.2).

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 14

2. INSTALLATION

It is normal for PPCH-G to indicate a value other than zero for up to thirty seconds
when first entering gauge mode. After ten to thirty seconds, the VENT LED
should flash and zero should be indicated. If this does not occur, check that the
AUTOZERO function is ON (see Section 3.5.1). If AUTOZERO is ON and thedisplayed pressure will not zero when vented in gauge or bi-directional gaugemeasurement mode, PPCH-G may need repair.
If a non-zero head correction value is active, PPCH-G may not indicate zero whenvented in gauge mode. Use [HEAD] to set the head height to zero (see Section 3.3.7).
Using the [RANGE] function key to change ranges, observe that zero isindicated for each Q-RPT within 10 to 30 seconds.

2.4.5

LEAK CHECK

PPCH-G will control pressure properly if the system connected to the TEST port has excessive
leaks. See Section 3.3.9 for information on the PPCH-G leak test function.
For PPCH-G to operate properly, the leak rate in the test system after stabilization should notexceed 0.002% of reading/second. In DYNAMIC CONTROL mode, to handle higher test
system leak rates, increase the hold limit using CUSTOM CONTROL (see Section 3.4.6.1) or
use HI VOLUME DYNAMIC CONTROL (see Section 3.2.2.2).
Use [LEAK CHECK] to perform a leak check of the PPCH-G and the system to which it isconnected.
Verify the maximum pressure rating of the system connected to the PPCH-G TEST port
before setting a leak check pressure. Do not set a pressure greater than the pressure rating of
the system or instruments connected to the PPCH-G TEST port.

2.4.6

CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL OPERATION

Select a pressure range using [RANGE] (see Section 3.3.1).
Press [SETUP], <6control>, <2mode>, <1dynamic>, <1standard>) (see Section 3.4.6). If
PCH was not already set to dynamic control mode, wait 5 minutes for the thermal pressure
controller to stabilize.
Press [ENT/SET P]. Key in a target pressure within the active range and press [ENT] again(see Section 3.3.10).
Verify the maximum pressure rating of the system connected to the PPCH-G TEST port
before entering a target pressure. Do not enter a target pressure greater than the pressure
rating of the system or instruments connected to the PPCH-G TEST port.
PPCH-G should set the target pressure and indicate Ready (see Section 3.2.3) continuously
in 90 to 150 seconds. If it does not, see Section 6 to troubleshoot.

Page 15© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

2.5

STORAGE AND SHIPPING
2.5.1

SHORT TERM STORAGE

The following procedure is recommended for short term storage of PPCH-G:
Vent the PPCH-G test pressure.
Turn the power OFF using the rear panel power switch.
Shut OFF or disconnect the high pressure gas supply to the SUPPLY port.
q Shut OFF or disconnect the drive air pressure supply to the DRIVE port.

2.5.2

LONG TERM STORAGE

The following procedure is recommended for long term storage of PPCH-G:
Complete the short term storage procedure (see Section 2.5.1).
Plug the TEST port with a DH500 steel plug.

2.5.3

PREPARATION FOR SHIPPINGThe following procedure is recommended to prepare PPCH-G for shipment:
Complete the long term storage procedure (see Section 2.5.2).
Pack PPCH-G carefully being sure to use packing materials appropriate for shipment of adelicate instrument weighing approximately 50 kg (110 lb.). If available, use the original
packing materials.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 16

3. OPERATION

3.

OPERATION

3.1

USER INTERFACE

PPCH-G is designed to offer a practical balance between simple, straight forward operation and theavailability of a wide variety of advanced functions with a high level of operator discretion. The local
operator interface is through a 2 x 20 display, a function/data keypad, a cursor control pad and directpressure control keys.
Remote communication is by RS232 (COM1) or IEEE-488. See Section 1 for information on remotecommunication.

3.1.1

MAIN RUN SCREEN

The PPCH-G MAIN RUN screen is its home display that is reached on power-up and from which
other functions and menus are accessed. It is the very top level of all menu structures.
The MAIN RUN screen is where the operator works with PPCH-G to set and read pressures.
It provides complete information on the system’s current configuration and operating status.
Table 3 summarizes the PPCH-G MAIN RUN screen fields and their functions.
PPCH-G has a screen saver function which causes the display to dim if no key is pressed for
10 minutes. Pressing a key restores full power to the display. The screen saver time can bechanged or screen saving can be completely suppressed (see Section 3.5.5.1).

Page 17© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Table 3. MAIN RUN screen display fields

PRESSURE1UNITMhzRRH
TPRESSURE2 CC NN/NN

DISPLAY FIELD

NAME

1. PRESSURE1

Measuredpressure

PURPOSECONTENTS

Displays pressure
measured by active
Q-RPT or utility
sensorNumerical pressure
value and sign

SECTION
1.2.2.1
1.2.2.2
3.3.102. UNIT

Unit ofmeasureIdentifies unit ofmeasure in which
PRESSURE1 andPRESSURE2 aredisplayed

Pressure unit ofmeasure abbreviation

3.3.2

3. M

Measurement
mode

Identifies
measurement modeof displayed pressure<a>:absolute

3.3.3

<g>:

gauge

Head
pressure
indicator

Indicates whether afluid head correction
is applied to
PRESSURE1<h>:the fluid headis not zero

AutoZeroindicator

Indicates whether
the AutoZero
function is ON or
OFF

<z>:

6. RRH

Active QRPT positionindicator

Indicates the positionin the PPCH-G
system of the active
Q-RPT or utility
sensor<IH>: Internal Hi<IuH>: Internal Hi(utility sensor)<IL>:
Internal Lo<X1H>: External 1 Hi
<X1L>: External 1 Lo

3.2.5

7. NN/NN

Sequence
progress
indicator

Indicates progress ofan ATest sequence,
during test execution<NN/NN>: Number ofthis point over total
number of points in thesequence

3.3.6

8. CC

Pressurecontrol
indicator

Indicates type ofpressure control,
whether control iscurrently active andwhether custom
control limits are in use<D>: Standard dynamic<d>: Hi volume
dynamic<S>: Static<M>: Monotonic<R>: Rate<P>: Piston gauge<C> is appended to thecontrol character ifcontrol limits are custom

3.2.1

4. h

5. z

<blank>: fluid head is
zero
AutoZ is ON

Page 18

3.5.1<blank>: AutoZ is OFF

Control character(s)flash when PPCH-G isactively controlling© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

3.3.7

3.4.6

3. OPERATION

3.1.2

DISPLAY FIELDNAMEPURPOSECONTENTS

9. TPRESSURE2

Pressure
information
indicator

Pressure indication
depending on current
PPCH-G function.
Leading character
identifies the value.

<R>: Pressure rate ofchange in current
pressure unit/second<T>: Pressure control
target<D>: Deviation from thepressure control
target

SECTION
3.3.10FUNCTION / DATA KEYPAD LAYOUT AND PROTOCOLThe PPCH-G has a function/data keypad for local operator access to direct functions,function menus and for data entry.

1. The Function/Data keys allow very commonlyused functions to be accessed directly by asingle keystroke when pressed from theMAIN RUN screen (see Section 3.1.1). The
name of the function is on the bottom half ofthe key. These keys enter numerical values
when editing.
2. The Editing and Execution keys are forstarting and suspending command execution,
cursor control in menus and editing entries.

3. The Menu/Data keys provide access tofunction menus when pressed from theMAIN RUN screen. The menu name is on
the bottom half of the key. The SETUP
menu is for more frequently used functions(see Section 3.4). The SPECIAL menu isfor functions that are not generally used asa part of day to day operation (see Section
3.5). These keys enter numerical values
when editing.

Figure 4. Keypad layout

Pressing the [ENT/SET P] key generally causes execution or forward movement in the menu
tree. Pressing [ENT/SET P] from the MAIN RUN screen allows an automated pressure
control command to be given.
Pressing the [ESC] key moves back in the menu tree and/or causes execution to cease orsuspend. Pressing [ESC] repeatedly eventually returns to the MAIN RUN screen and, fromthere, allows momentary viewing of the PPCH-G introduction screen.
Pressing the [+/-] key changes a numerical sign when editing. It also toggles throughmultiple screens when available and is a shortcut to a momentary display of the active
RANGE from the MAIN RUN screen.
Pressing the [ ], [ ], [ ] and [ ] keys allows reverse, forward and up, down cursor
movement when editing data entry or moving in menus.

Page 19© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Some screens go beyond the two lines provided by the display. This is indicated by aflashing down arrow in the second line of the display. Press the cursor control keys to move thecursor to access the lines that are not visible or directly enter the number of the hidden menu
choice if you know it.

3.1.3

DIRECT PRESSURE CONTROL KEYS

Figure 5. Direct pressure control keys

The direct pressure control keys provide direct manual control of pressure increase,decrease, jog and vent. They can be useful in adjusting pressure when automated pressure
control to a target pressure or rate is not needed. The jog keys are also used to adjust thetarget pressure during active dynamic pressure control.
Pressing the [VENT] key aborts automated pressure control if active and causes PPCH-G tocontrol pressure to near atmospheric pressure and then open the system vent valve (seeFigure 6). On-going execution of the vent function is indicated by lighting a RED LED justabove the [VENT] key. Completion of the vent process is indicated by the Ready/Not Ready
indicator light becoming GREEN with the vent RED vent LED still lighted. The vent valve
remains open until the [VENT] key is pressed again, another direct pressure control key ispressed, or an automated pressure control command is given. Removing electrical power
also closes the vent valve.
Pressing the [ ] and [ ] direct pressure control keys aborts automated pressure control if
active and causes pressure to increase or decrease at the slow slew rate. Holding the[FAST] key pressed while pressing the [ ] or [ ] key causes the pressure increase or
decrease speed to change from slow to fast.
Pressing the [ ] and [ ] direct pressure control keys has a different effect depending on
the PPCH-G’s current activity:•

Pressure control idle: Causes the pressure to jog or step by a fixed amount which is
set automatically depending on the range (see Section 3.4.6, Table 7). The amount canbe adjusted using [SETUP], <3jog> or by pressing both the up and down jog keys
simultaneously (see Section 3.4.3).

•

Dynamic pressure control active: Causes the target pressure to be changed by a fixedamount which is set automatically depending on the range. One press causes one step.
The step value can be adjusted using [SETUP], <3jog> or by pressing both the up anddown jog keys simultaneously (see Section 3.4.3).

•

Static pressure control active: No effect while pressure is actively controlled, changes
pressure by jog amount when pressure is in hold limit waiting for stability.

•

Monotonic pressure control active: No effect.

•

Ramp control active: No effect.

Pressing the up and down pressure jog keys ([to the jog step size adjustment menu.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 20] and [])simultaneously is a shortcut

3. OPERATION

3.1.4

REMOTE [ENT/SET P] (FOOT)SWITCH

The optional remote ENTER function is a switch that duplicates the function of the front panel[ENT] key. The remote ENTER function is serviced by a connector on the PPCH-G rear
panel labeled REMOTE ENTER. An optional footswitch is available to activate remote entry
hands free or a user supplied switch may be used. See Section 7.3 for information on
remote ENTER switch wiring.
The remote ENTER feature can be particularly convenient when running AutoTests(see Section 3.3.6) in which using a footswitch to [ENT] allows hands free operation.

3.1.5

SOUNDS

PPCH-G is equipped with a variable frequency tone device to provide audible feedback andalarms. The beeper is used for the following indications.

3.2

Valid key press

Brief beep. Choice between three frequencies or NO
sound is available (see Section 3.5.5.2).

Invalid key press

Descending two tone “blurp”.

Leak check completed

Three two second beeps (see Section 3.3.9).

Purge routine completed

Three two second beeps (see Section 3.3.8).

Upper limit exceededIntermittent one second beeps (see Section 3.4.4)

Active external device not connected

Eight second high frequency beep (see Section 3.2.5)

Pmax! (overpressure limit) exceeded

Eight second high frequency beep (see Section
3.4.4.1).

AutoTest reading in tolerance/out of
tolerance reading

Ascending triad/descending triad (see Section 3.3.6).

GENERAL OPERATING PRINCIPLES
3.2.1

PRESSURE CONTROL PRINCIPLES

Numerical references in this section refer to Figure 6.
PPCH-G is designed to precisely measure and control gas pressure into a volume connected
to its TEST port(8). Pressure is measured by a utility sensor or one or two Quartz Reference
Pressure Transducers (Q-RPT)(11, 13).
A high pressure gas supply is connected to the SUPPLY port(16). The supply pressuretransducer(14) measures the supply pressure for system functions. The supply shut-off
valve(15) is always open during normal operation. The supply shut-off valve is a safety
feature to protect agains accidental overpressure in case of loss of electrical power to the
PPCH-G. If the power supply is interrupted during operation, and the servo controlled inlet
valve is open, it will remain open allow pressure to continue to increase. However, loss of
power will cause the supply shut-off valve to close, interrupting flow of high pressure gas
from the SUPPLY port.
The high pressure gas supply supplies a servo-controlled inlet valve(12). The inlet valve is apressure balanced needle valve whose needle position is controller by a stepper motor andbelt drive. The inlet valve provides very high precision control of the gas admitted to the test
system from the high pressure gas supply. An outlet valve(5) of the same type as the inlet
valve precisely controls gas exhaust to the VENT port(6).
The inlet and exhaust valve can adjust and maintain gas flow and therefore pressure rate ofchange very precisely. The inlet and exhaust valves are operated in a feedback loop driven
by the pressure measured by the reference pressure transducer or utility sensor(11, 13).
Page 21© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

In standard dynamic control mode, when conditions are appropriate, a second stage ofpressure control is used to maintain the target pressure value within very narrow hold limits.
The second stage is thermal pressure control (TPC). TPC, uses a pressurized volumecontaining a heating element(9). There is a forced air cooling system around the volume.
Heating and cooling the gas in the volume causes it to expand or contract, increasing or
decreasing pressure. This pressure control system allows extremely fine pressure control
without hysteresis or wear of mechanical parts.
The TPC system response is dependent on the pressure and the volume connected to the
TEST port. It is minimally effective when there are leaks in the test system or the test volume
is large. PPCH-G automatically determines whether conditions are appropriate to use TPC
and runs an automated routine to determine the test volume. This routine is initiatedautomatically when needed.
If the PPCH-G includes a second, Lo Q-RPT(13), valves are included to isolate and vent the
Lo Q-RPT when it is not being used. The valves are operated automatically to connect the
Lo Q-RPT when it is selected for use or to isolate it and vent it when it is not being used.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

DRIVE air port
Low pressure filter
Drive air control manifold
Supply pressure accumulator
Outlet vallve, servo-controlled
VENT port
Vent valve, pneumatically controlled
TEST port

9.
10.
11.
13.
14.
15.
16.

Thermal pressure control unit (TPCU)High pressure filter(s)Hi Q-RPT or utility sensor 12. Inlet valve, servo-controlled
Lo Q-RPT, isolation valve, vent valve, pneumatically controlled
Supply pressure transducer
Supply shut-off valve, pneumatically controlled
SUPPLY port (high pressure test gas)

Figure 6. Pressure control system schematic© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 22

3. OPERATION

3.2.2

AUTOMATED PRESSURE CONTROLPPCH-G automated pressure control automatically sets and controls pressure to a user
designated target value or ramp rate.
See Section 3.3.10 for information on using [ENT/SET P] to set pressure automatically andabort automated pressure control.
PPCH-G supports five pressure control modes to meet different pressure setting andcontrolling requirements: dynamic, static, monotonic, ramp and PG. Pressure control
parameters for each control mode are automatically set to optimal default values for theoperating PPCH-G range when the range is selected or AutoRange is used (see Section
3.3.4). Control parameters can be customized using the [SETUP], <6control> function (seeSection 3.4.6.1).
The PPCH-G pressure control modes are:Idle, no control

Measure pressure with no control of the pressure value or evolution (seeSection 3.2.2.1).

Dynamic control

Set pressure to a target pressure value and actively maintains that value(see Section 3.2.2.2).

Static control

Set pressure to a target value and stop all control to let pressure stabilize
naturally without control interference. Readjust only if pressure goes outof hold limit (see Section 3.2.2.3).

Monotonic control Near a target pressure value, set a low rate pressure ramp continuing inthe same direction as that in which the pressure was set. Always
controls pressure in one direction (see Section 3.2.2.4).
Ramp control

Set rate of change of pressure to a target rate of change value. There isno target pressure value (see Section 3.2.2.5).

PG control

Not used in normal stand-alone PPCH-G operation. Used only by theautomated pressure control function of a PG7202 piston gauge when
PPCH-G is used to automate PG7202 pressure control (see Section
3.2.2.6).

See this Section 3.2.2, and Sections 3.2.2.1 to 3.2.2.5 for a detailed explanation of each control
mode and its advantages, the default control parameters and the control customization options.

3.2.2.1

IDLE, NO AUTOMATED CONTROL (MEASURE MODE)

In any control mode, PPCH-G pressure control can be interrupted so that nocontrol occurs. Control inactive is indicated by the pressure control indicator
characters on the MAIN RUN screen NOT flashing. The control character(s)is/are the two characters in the center of the bottom line of the display (seeSection 3.1.1).
To abort control when control is active press [ENT/Set P], [ESC], [VENT], [or [ ]. [ENT/Set P] does NOT abort control in monotonic mode.

]

When control is idle (measure mode), a Ready condition occurs any time thepressure stability test is met (see Section 3.2.3).

Page 23© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

3.2.2.2

DYNAMIC CONTROL

Dynamic control mode is designed to set the pressure to the target value andcontrol continuously to keep pressure at the target value (see Figure 7).
The advantage of this control mode is that the final pressure achieved is thesame as the target value. The maximum value of the control error is equal to thehold limit. The average value of the control error is generally much smaller thanthe hold limit.
During dynamic pressure control, the hold limit is active. If the pressure goesoutside of the hold limit, a Not Ready condition occurs. See Table 8 for default
hold limit values and Section 3.4.6 to customize the hold limit.
There are two types of dynamic control. Standard dynamic control is thedefault type of dynamic control used in most situations. Hi volume dynamic
control is also available for situations in which standard dynamic control cannot
achieve a Ready condition in a reasonable amount of time and/or cannot
maintain the Ready condition once achieved (see Section 3.4.6.2). Hi volume
dynamic control may be necessary when the test volume connected to the
PPCH-G is greater than 100 cc and/or if there are excessive leaks in the system
into which pressure is being conrolled. The difference between standard and hi
volume dynamic pressure control is in the use of the thermal pressure controller(TPCU). In standard dynamic control, control transitions from the control valvesto the TPCU before Ready occurs and the target pressure is reached. In hi
volume dynamic control, the the valves work together to maintain a flow bycontrolling inlet and outlet simultaneously. The TPCU is not used.

Figure 7. Dynamic pressure control operation

PPCH-G includes a Ready/Not Ready feature that indicates when current
pressure control requirements have been met (see Section 3.2.3).
With dynamic pressure control active, a Ready condition occurs whenever:•The current measured pressure is inside the hold limit and has been there
for three consecutive measurement cycles.

Figure 8 illustrates Ready/Not Ready operation in dynamic control mode.
In dynamic control mode, normal procedure is to assume that when a Readycondition occurs (pressure inside the control hold limit), the measured pressure
equals the target pressure. For this reason, when the pressure is Ready in dynamic
control mode, the display of measured pressure is equal to the target pressure.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 24

3. OPERATION

Figure 8. Ready/Not Ready in dynamic pressure control mode

3.2.2.3

STATIC CONTROL

Static control mode is designed to set the pressure near the target value andthen interrupt active control to allow pressure to stabilize naturally within a holdlimit (Figure 9).
The advantage of this control mode is that pressure can be set and/or measured
within a defined limit of a target without interference from the pressure control
system. In a system without excessive leaks, the pressure stability achieved
may be greater than the stability with which the pressure control system canactively control pressure. Using static control to control pressure near thedesired set point and then measuring back the stabilized pressure without
interference of the control function can allow control errors to be eliminatedcompletely. However, the final pressure achieved is not equal to the target value
and the time required to achieve sufficiently stable pressure is dependent on thecharacteristics of the test volume and may be longer than in other modes.
During static pressure control, the hold limit is active. If the pressure goes outside of
the hold limit, pressure is readjusted to the target value. See Table 8 for default
hold limit values and Section 3.4.6 to customize the hold limit.

Figure 9. Static pressure control operation

Page 25© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PPCH-G includes a Ready/Not Ready feature that indicates when current
pressure control requirements have been met (see Section 3.2.3).
With static pressure control active a Ready condition occurs whenever:•NO control valve is operating.

•

The current measured pressure is at the target value within the hold limit.

•

The rate of change of pressure is less than the current stability limit.

Figure 10 illustrates Ready/Not Ready operation in Static control mode.

Figure 10. Ready/Not Ready in static control mode

3.2.2.4

MONOTONIC CONTROL

Monotonic control mode is designed to set pressure increments and take datafrom a device under test while assuring the evolution of pressure is always in thesame direction (ascending for ascending increments, descending for descending
increments). In monotonic control mode the pressure is set near the target value
and then controlled at a low rate of change in the same direction as the target
pressure approach (see Figure 11). Measured pressure data is taken from the
PPCH-G and output from the device under test during the slow ramp near thetarget pressure. Monotonic mode is also used to float the piston of a pistongauge when PPCH-G is used as the automated pressure control component in apiston gauge system.
The advantage of this control mode is that in a sequence of pressures,
ascending or descending increments are set without overshoot or oscillation as
is desirable when determining the hysteresis of a device under test (DUT). Thismethod also tends to achieve a ready condition more quickly than dynamic or
static control. However, the final pressure achieved is not equal to the target
value and for best results it is necessary to average alternating PPCH-G and
DUT readings to compensate for possible timing differences in the readings.
When setting a monotonic pressure point, PPCH-G attempts to set a low ramp
rate less than the rate limit at the near end of the pressure target limit and thenmaintains the low ramp rate until a new pressure target value is entered or therange “upper limit” (UL) is reached (see Section 3.4.4). If the ramp rate exceeds
the specified target rate or changes sign, a Not Ready condition occurs. See
Table 8 for default pressure and ramp rate target limit values and Section 3.4.6
to customize the limits.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 26

3. OPERATION

Figure 11. Monotonic pressure control operation

PPCH-G includes a Ready/Not Ready feature that indicates when current
pressure control requirements have been met (see Section 3.2.3).
With monotonic pressure control active, a Ready condition occurs whenever:•

PPCH-G has reached the pressure target limit, and;•is controlling ramp rate at less than the pressure rate limit.

Figure 12 illustrates Ready/Not Ready operation in monotonic control mode.

Figure 12. Ready/Not Ready in monotonic pressure control mode

3.2.2.5

RAMP CONTROL

Ramp control is designed to set a pressure ramp at a target rate and maintainthe rate within a rate hold limit (see Figure 13). This control mode can be used
for a variety of calibration and testing functions.
When setting a ramp, PPCH-G attempts to establish the target rate within the rate
hold limit and then maintains the rate until a new command is given or the active
pressure range “upper limit” is reached (see Section 3.4.4). If the rate is outside of
the rate hold limit, a Not Ready condition occurs. See Table 8 for default target rateand hold limit values and Section 3.4.6 to customize the hold limit.

Page 27© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Note: Target is a rate of change value (pressure/time), not a pressure value
Figure 13. Ramp pressure control operation

PPCH-G includes a Ready/Not Ready feature that indicates when current
pressure control requirements have been met (see Section 3.2.3).
With ramp pressure control active, a Ready condition occurs whenever:•

PPCH-G is controlling rate at the target rate value within the rate hold limit.

Figure 14 illustrates Ready/Not Ready operation in ramp control mode.

Note: Target is a rate of change value (pressure/time), not a pressure value
Figure 14. Ready/Not Ready in ramp pressure control mode

3.2.2.6

PG CONTROLPG control mode should not be used in normal PPCH-G stand-alone operation.
It is used by a PG7202 piston gauge to automate its pressure control using the
AutoGen function (see the PG7000 Operation and Maintenance Manual).
In PG control mode, the PPCH-G uses its control valves to adjust pressure very
near to the pressure at which the piston gauge piston floats. It then uses thethermal pressure control unit (TPCU) to float the piston.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 28

3. OPERATION

3.2.3

PRESSURE READY/NOT READY

There is a Ready/Not Ready indication LED on the PPCH-G front panel. Ready/Not Readystatus is also available remotely. This indication is intended to provide the operator with aclear and objective criterion for determining when a valid pressure measurement can be made.
The Ready/Not Ready LED indications are:<Green, no flash>

Pressure Ready, control idle. PPCH-G is NOT actively controlling
the pressure. This indicates no control is occurring and the pressurestability is within the stability limit.

<Green, slow flash>

Pressure Ready, control active. PPCH-G is actively controlling thepressure and the criteria for a Ready condition to occur in the active
control mode have been met.

<Red >

Pressure Not Ready. Either PPCH-G is idle and pressure does notmeet the stability limit or PPCH-G is actively controlling the pressure
and Ready conditions have not yet been met.
The control
characters in the middle of the second line of the MAIN RUN screen
flash if control is active (see Section 3.1.1).

When pressure control is idle (measure mode): A Ready condition occurs any time thepressure rate of change is inside the stability limit. The stability limit is defined in terms ofrate of change of pressure in current pressure units per second. The stability limit is set bydefault (see Table 8) and can be customized (see Section 3.4.6).
When pressure control is active: The criteria for determining the Ready/Not Readycondition depend on whether the current control mode is static, dynamic, monotonic or ramp
(see Sections 3.2.2.2, 3.2.2.3, 3.2.2.4, 3.2.2.5). Pressure Ready/Not Ready parameters are
set by default when AutoRange is used, or a control mode is selected (see Table 8). The
parameters can be customized if desired (see Section 3.4.6).

3.2.4

GAUGE MEASUREMENT MODE, DYNAMIC
COMPENSATION FOR ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE

PPCH-G utility sensors and Q-RPTs are intrinsically absolute but they are also used in gaugemeasurement mode (difference from atmosphere) (see Section 3.3.3,  PRINCIPLE). Gauge
measurement mode is achieved by subtracting the value of atmospheric pressure, Poffset,G, fromthe Q-RPT’s absolute reading using AutoZ (see Section 3.5.1). In gauge measurementmode, the AutoZ routine that measures Poffset,G, is run automatically whenever the PPCH-G isin the vented condition. This assures the continuous automated updating of the Poffset,G value
corresponding to atmospheric pressure. Gauge pressure is the measured absolute pressure,Pu, minus the atmospheric offset.
Pgauge = Pu - Poffset,GHowever, atmospheric pressure can change between opportunities to run AutoZ and update
the value of Poffset,G, for example when running an extended test without venting. PPCH-G
uses dynamic compensation for atmospheric pressure to correct for these changes inatmospheric pressure. When AutoZ executes, and Poffset,G is determined, the reading of
PPCH-G’s on board barometer, Patm,0, is also recorded. Later, when no longer vented, thechange in atmospheric pressure, ΔPatm, since Poffset,G was updated, is the difference between
the current barometer reading, Patm, and the barometer reading at the time of AutoZ
execution, Patm,0:ΔPatm = Patm - Patm,0Dynamic compensation for atmospheric pressure uses ΔPatm to correct the value of Poffset,G,thus always compensating real time for changes in atmospheric pressure:Pgauge = Pu - Poffset,G - ΔPatm
Page 29© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PPCH-G Q-RPTs allow instantaneous switching between gauge and absolute measurements
modes. Any additional uncertainty in gauge measurement mode due to the dynamic
compensation for atmospheric pressure technique is a function of the resolution and shortterm stability of the on-board barometer, not its absolute measurement uncertainty.
This additional uncertainty, ± 1 Pa (0.00015 psi), is insignificant in the pressure ranges
covered by PPCH-G.

3.2.5

MULTIPLE INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL Q-RPTS

A base PPCH-G pressure controller includes a high precision, utility pressure sensor whose
range is equal to the controller’s range. The utility sensor is not intended to serve as apressure reference for low uncertainty measurement. It is for indication, pressure control,
system safety and maintenance functions only.
To obtain low uncertainty, traceable pressure measurement, PPCH-G uses Quartz
Reference Pressure Transducers (Q-RPT). Up to four Q-RPTs can be included in a PPCH-Gpressure controller/calibrator system. One or two Q-RPTs can be built into the PPCH-G and up
to two more may be located outside the PPCH-G enclosure in an RPM4 reference pressure
monitor. Once the Q-RPTs available to a PPCH-G system have been set up and identified,communication with them is managed by PPCH-G transparently to the operator. However,setting up hardware and following procedures to protect lower pressure external Q-RPTs
from overpressure when higher pressure Q-RPTs are used is the responsibility of the user.
Take precautions not to overpressure external Q-RPTs when using them with a PPCH-G.
When using external Q-RPTs in RPM4s as reference pressure measurement devices with a PPCH-G,
the user is responsible to setting up hardware and following procedures to protect lower range QRPTs from overpressure. Only the Lo Q-RPT (IL) built-into the PPCH-G is protected automatically.
Communication between the PPCH-G and an RPM4s is by RS232 from PPCH-G’s COM2 port.
The PPCH-G RPT function (see Section 3.3.5) is used to identify Q-RPTs available to the
PPCH-G. The PPCH-G then manages communication with the internal and external Q-RPTs
transparently to the operator, selecting the appropriate Q-RPT for the range of operation andconfiguring it as specified.
Each Q-RPT has a default range, which is its maximum range.
downranged using PPCH-G’s AutoRange function.

Q-RPTs can also be

Before operating PPCH-G with an external Q-RPT, check carefully that the RPM4’s Q-RPTTEST(+) port is connected to the PPCH-G TEST port. If an external Q-RPT is NOT connected to the
PPCH-G TEST port, it will NOT measure the pressure generated by PPCH-G and PPCH-G may reach apressure higher than the target pressure before it recognizes that the external Q-RPT is notconnected (see Section 3.4.4.1). The PPCH-G monitors differences in the change in pressure
indicated by an active, external Q-RPT and the PPCH-G Hi utility sensor or Q-RPT. If the difference
becomes excessive, control is aborted, an audible warning sounds and a warning is displayed. If
this occurs, make sure the PPCH-G and RPM4 Q-RPT TEST(+) ports are connected together andtry again.
Position Identification of Q-RPTs In a PPCH-G System
Position identification of the currently active Q-RPT or utility sensor in the PPCH-G system iscontinuously displayed in the upper right hand corner of the PPCH-G’s MAIN RUN screen andmost other screens (see Section 3.1.1). See Table 4 for position designation protocol for the
Q-RPTs available in a PPCH-G system.
See Table 1 for a complete listing of Q-RPTs available and their default ranges.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 30

3. OPERATION

Table 4. Position designators of Q-RPTs in a PPCH-G system
Q-RPT POSITIONIDENTIFICATIONDISPLAY SYMBOL*

Internal to PPCH-G, utility sensor, if
present

Internal Utility, Hi

IuH

Internal to PPCH-G, Q-RPT of highest
rangeInternal, Hi

IH

Internal to PPCH-G, Q-RPT with lower
range in PPCH-G with two Q-RPTs or autility sensor and Q-RPT.

Internal, LoIL

External to PPCH-G, Q-RPT of higher
maximum range in RPM4 connected to
PPCH-G

External 1, Hi

X1HExternal to PPCH-G, Q-RPT of lower
maximum range in RPM4 connected to
PPCH-G

External 1, Lo

X1L• The display symbol is included in the upper, right hand corner of most PPCH-G displays and menus as aconvenient indicator of the active Q-RPT.

3.2.6

MULTIPE RANGES (Q-RPTS, AUTORANGE AND INFINITERANGING)A PPCH-G range is defined as a pressure span and associated settings.
A PPCH-G may have multiple ranges. Each Q-RPT (and the utility sensor, if present) available
to the PPCH-G system has a default range which is its maximum range. Additional ranges, lower
than the Q-RPT’s maximum range, may be created using AutoRange (see Section 3.3.4).
Ranges created using AutoRange may be saved with all their settings for reactivation later (seeSection 3.4.1).
A PPCH-G range is identified by a range screen showing the Q-RPT used by the range, its
current unit of measure and its full scale pressure in gauge and absolute measurement modes. The
range screen is viewed by pressing [RANGE] or [+/-] from the MAIN RUN screen.
1.

Q-RPT or utility sensor designator.

2.

Type of range. <DF> for the Q-RPT’s default range; <AR> for arange created by AutoRange.

3.

Q-RPT or utility sensor position designator.

4.

Current pressure unit of measure.

5.

Full scale pressure in current unit of measure in gauge and absolutemeasurement modes.

Active A100M
DF IH
psi 15000g/15000a

Most settings made in a PPCH-G range, such as unit of measure, measurement mode,
display resolution, control mode and control parameters are specific to the range. The range
specific settings are stored with the range and recalled whenever the range is made active.
This makes setting up and saving ranges a convenient way to store and recall frequently used
operating configurations. See Table 5 for a listing of PPCH-G adjustments and settings andwhether they are range, Q-RPT or system specific.
The ranges available on a PPCH-G system are accessed using [RANGE] (see Section 3.3.1)
and/or created using [AutoRange] (see Section 3.3.4). External Q-RPTs connected to the
PPCH-G (see Section 3.2.5) are initialized using [RPT] (see Section 3.3.5).

Page 31© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Table 5. Settings and to what they are specific (range, measurement mode, Q-RPT, system)
SETTINGPURPOSESPECIFIC TOSECTION

Unit

Set pressure unit of measure

Range

3.3.2

Mode

Set pressure measurement mode
(absolute, gauge)

Range

3.3.3

Resolution

Set pressure display resolution

Range

3.4.2

Jog

Set jog step size

Range

3.4.3

Control

Set pressure control mode andparameters

Range

3.4.6

Upper Limit

Set upper limit alarm

Range and measurement mode

3.4.4

AutoZ

Run AutoZ, ON/OFF, set and view value

Range and measurement mode

3.5.1

ScreenSaver,
Sound,
Time, ID,
Level

Set system user preferences

System

3.5.5

Head

Set fluid head correction height, fluid, unitof measure

System

3.3.7
3.5.3

Valve
Drivers

Set status of external valve drivers

System

3.4.7

CalVarious Q-RPT and utility sensor
calibration functions

Q-RPT, utility sensor or barometer

3.5.8

3.2.7

OPERATION WITH A PG7000 PISTON GAUGEPPCH-G can act as a pressure control component for automatically setting pressure andfloating the piston of a PG7202 gas operated piston gauge.
For automated operation, the PPCH-G communicates with the PG7202 through an RS232
connection from the PG7202 COM3 port to the PPCH-G COM1 port. Pressure control
commands are sent from the PG7202 when it is in “AutoGen” mode (see the PG7000
Operation and Maintenance Manual).
The PPCH-G may also be operated manually using its direct pressure control keys (seeSection 3.1.3) but it is not practical to float a piston using this technique.

3.2.8

DIRECT FUNCTION KEYS SUMMARY

Local operation of PPCH-G is through the front panel keypad. To minimize menu layers, thekeypad numerical keys also provide direct access to the most commonly used functions. The
function accessed is labeled on the bottom half of the key. Direct function keys are active
whenever PPCH-G is in its MAIN RUN screen. Table 6 summarizes the operation of thedirect function keys and Sections 3.3.1 through 3.3.10 detail their operation.
Table 6 provides a brief summary of direct function key operation. It may be useful to keep
a copy of this summary near the PPCH-G, especially when first becoming acquainted with the
instrument’s operation.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 32

3. OPERATION

Table 6. Summary of PPCH-G function key operation
DIRECT FUNCTION KEYS ARE ACTIVE FROM THE MAIN RUN SCREEN
See corresponding manual Sections 3.3.1 through 3.3.10 for full detail.

3.3

Adjust DUT fluid head height. Set
to zero for no fluid head correction.

View active range and toggle
through available ranges. [ENT] on
a range activates it.

Cycle automatically between ventand a pressure.

Select pressure unit of measure forthe active range. Choice of units
available in this menu can becustomized.

Run an automated leak check at
the current pressure.

Select the pressure measurementmode for the active range (absolute,gauge).

Set up and optimize all aspects of
PPCH-G measurement, control anddisplays for a specific operating
range and measurement mode.

Menu of less commonly used internalfunctions and settings.

Search for and initialize internaland external Q-RPTs available to
the PPCH-G system.

Menu of commonly used setup
featuresincludingsave/delete
AutoRange ranges, set display
resolution, adjust jog step size, set
upper/lower limit, view AutoTest
data, select pressure control mode
and adjust control limits, set statusof external 12V drivers

Set up and run automated test
sequences.

Input a pressure control set pointcommand from the run screen.
ENTER values when editing.

DIRECT FUNCTION KEYS
3.3.1

[RANGE] PURPOSE
To view and/or change the active pressure measurement range and associated settings.
[RANGE] selects from existing ranges. [AutoRange] creates new ranges (see Section 3.3.4).
 PRINCIPLEA PPCH-G range is defined as a pressure span and associated settings (see Section 3.2.6).
A PPCH-G may have multiple ranges. Each Q-RPT (and the utility sensor if present)
available to the PPCH-G system has a default range which is its maximum full scale.
Additional ranges, lower than the Q-RPT’s full scale, may also be created using AutoRange(see Section 3.3.4). Ranges created using AutoRange may be saved with all their settings
for reactivation (see Section 3.4.1).
The [RANGE] function key allows the active PPCH-G range and available ranges to beviewed and selected.

Page 33© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL OPERATION
Pressing the [RANGE] function key activates the range viewing and selecting function.
When the [RANGE] function key is first pressed, the range identification screen for the active
range is displayed. For example:
1.

Q-RPT or utility sensor designator.

2.

Type of range. <DF> for the Q-RPT’s default range; <AR> for arange created by AutoRange.

3.

Q-RPT or utility sensor position designator.

4.

Current pressure unit of measure.

5.

Full scale pressure in current unit of measure in gauge and/or
absolute measurement mode depending on the measurement modes
available.

Active A70M
DF IH
MPa
70g/70a

Pressing the [+/-] key or the [RANGE] key again while in the RANGE function toggles
through displays of the other available ranges, from lowest range to highest range.
To select a range to become the active range, press [ENT] while the desired range isdisplayed. PPCH-G must be vented for the range change to occur. Press [VENT] if
necessary to complete the range change.
When selecting a range, if the range’s Q-RPT is an external Q-RPT and the PPCH-G cannot
communicate with it, PPCH-G displays <Cannot find range’s external Q-RPT (Xn)> (where<Xn> is the Q-RPT position designator). Use [ENT] or [ESC] to return to the range selection
screen. For information on setting up and communicating with external Q-RPTs see Sections
3.2.5, 2.3.7.1).
Pressing [ESC] while in the RANGE function returns to the MAIN RUN screen without
making any range change.
Range full scale limits are given in the pressure unit that is currently active forthat range. Change the active unit (see Section 3.3.1) to display the range limits in a different unit.

Pressing [+/-] from the MAIN RUN screen provides a shortcut to a momentary view of therange identification screen for the active range.

PPCH-G saved AutoRange ranges that use Q-RPTs in external RPM4s are available forselection from the [RANGE] key. AutoRange ranges saved locally on the RPM4, are not available
on the PPCH-G [RANGE] key.

Many PPCH-G settings and functions are range specific. See Table 5 for identification ofrange specific settings.

To protect against overpressure situations and for maximum measurement performance,
the active range can only be changed when the system is vented. If [ENT] is pressed while in the
RANGE function when PPCH-G is NOT vented, the display indicates <Vent system fully to change
range>. Pressing the [VENT] key causes PPCH-G to vent and complete the range change.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 34

3. OPERATION

Before operating PPCH-G with external Q-RPTs, check carefully that the external Q-RPTTEST(+) port is connected to the PPCH-G TEST port. If the external Q-RPT is NOT connected to
the PPCH-G TEST port, it will not measure the pressure generated by PPCH-G and PPCH-G mayreach a pressure higher than the target pressure before its watchdog function recognizes thatthe external Q-RPT is not connected.

Take care not to overpressure external Q-RPTs when using them with a PPCH-G. When using
external Q-RPTs in RPM4s as reference pressure measurement devices with a PPCH-G, the user is
responsible to setting up hardware and following procedures to protect lower range Q-RPTs fromoverpressure. Only the Lo Q-RPT (IL) built-into the PPCH-G is protected automatically.

3.3.2[UNIT]

 PURPOSE
To select the unit of pressure in which PPCH-G displays pressure values.
For information on selecting the measurement mode (absolute, gauge), see Section 3.3.3.
 PRINCIPLE
PPCH-G allows the unit of measure in which pressure values are displayed to be changed.
PPCH-G supports 17 different pressure units of measure as well as user defined units.
To simplify operation, quick access to six unit choices is made available under the [UNIT] key.
The default units available depend on whether the PPCH-G was originally configured as an
SI or US version. The [UNIT] key contents can be customized by the user to any
configuration of six units (see Section 3.5.6).
Internally, PPCH-G always operates in Pascal (Pa), the SI unit of pressure. Values ofpressure are represented in other units by the application of conversion factors to convert fromPa (see Section 7.2.1).
 OPERATIONTo change the pressure unit of measure for the active
range, press [UNIT] from the MAIN RUN screen while
the range is active. The display is:

1MPa 2kPa 3hPa
4bar 5mbar 6psi

The cursor is on the number corresponding to the pressure unit of measure active for the current range.
To change the pressure unit of measure, select the desired unit.
returns to the MAIN RUN screen with the selected unit active.

Making the selection

The pressure measurement unit selected is range specific. When in a given range, allfunctions and settings are represented in the current measurement unit for that range. However,certain internal and/or metrological functions (e.g., Q-RPT calibration coefficients) are always
represented in Pa regardless of the active range unit of measure.

Page 35© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

See Section 7.2.1 for tables of the conversion factors used by PPCH-G.

If the pressure unit selected is inWa (inches of water), the reference temperature for water
density must we specified in a separate menu (choices are 4ºC, 20ºC 60ºF).
No reference temperature selection is necessary for the unit mmWa as the only reference
temperature commonly used for mmWa is 4 ºC.

The default pressure units of measure available under the UNIT function depend on whether
the PPCH-G has been set up as an SI or US version (indicated by SI or US at bottom right ofintroduction screen). The choice of six units available under the UNIT function can be customized
from a wider selection by the user (see Section 3.5.6). The units available under the UNIT function
can be set to default by reset (see Section 3.5.4.2).

3.3.3[MODE]

 PURPOSE
To set the measurement mode (absolute or gauge) for the active range.
For information on selecting the unit of measure, see Section 3.3.2.
 PRINCIPLE
PPCH-G supports simple, one-step switching between two measurement modes:
Absolute

Measures pressure relative to vacuum (zero is hard vacuum). Range isfrom zero absolute to full scale. Minimum set pressure is atmosphericpressure (vented).

Gauge

Measures pressure relative to atmosphere (zero is ambient pressure)using PPCH-G’s automated offsetting of atmospheric pressure withdynamic compensation for atmospheric pressure changes (see Section
3.2.4). Range is from zero gauge to full scale.

The maximum pressure of each Q-RPT is the same in absolute and gauge measurement
modes.
If the Q-RPT will not be used in absolute mode, absolute mode can be turned off to avoid
using it unintentionally (see Section 5.2.5).
 OPERATIONTo change the active measurement mode for a range,press [MODE] from the MAIN RUN screen while therange is active. The display is:

Measurement mode:
1abs 2gage

Only gauge mode is available if absolute mode is OFF (see Section 5.2.5).
Certain PPCH-G settings, including AutoZ ON/OFF (see Section 3.5.1) are range AND
measurement mode specific. See Table 5 for a listing of settings and what they are specific to.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 36

3. OPERATION

Absolute mode on a PPCH-G Q-RPT can be turned OFF in the calibration function (seeSection 5.2.5). When absolute mode is turned OFF, only gauge mode can be activated. <Gauge
mode only, abs mode OFF> is displayed when [MODE] is pressed.

3.3.4[A UTO R ANGE ] PURPOSE
To automatically set up PPCH-G to optimize its measurement and control characteristics andother features to cover a specific pressure range.
[AutoRange] creates new ranges. See [Range] to select from existing ranges (see Section
3.3.1).
 PRINCIPLE
PPCH-G is designed to support the calibration and test of a very wide variety of test ranges
in various measurement modes with a single pressure controller system.
The AutoRange function simplifies the task of selecting the Q-RPT best suited to cover a
specific test range and setting measurement and control parameters appropriately for therange. These are set automatically based on operator entry of desired measurement mode,pressure unit of measure and range full scale. The selections and settings made by
AutoRange are summarized in Table 7.
A range set up using AutoRange and all its range specific settings, may be saved for later
recall using [SETUP], <1range> (see Section 3.4.1). Saved ranges are available forselection using [RANGE] (see Section 3.3.1). If a range created by AutoRange is not saved,
it is overwritten by the next AutoRange or erased when another range is selected or PPCH-G
power is turned OFF.
Use [AutoTest], <1QDUT> to AutoRange PPCH-G based on DUT tolerance (see Section 3.3.6.2).
Table 7. Settings made by AutoRange
SETTING/SELECTIONPURPOSESET TOSECTION

Unit

Set pressure unit of measure

Operator specified during
AutoRange

3.3.2

Mode

Set pressure measurement mode
(absolute, gauge)

Operator specified during
AutoRange

3.3.3

Full scale

Establish span maximum

Operator specified during
AutoRange

None

Q-RPT

Select most appropriate Q-RPT
to cover range NOTE: User is
responsible for connecting
and disconnecting external QRPTs, including protecting
them from overpressure whenusing a higher range

Q-PRT with lowest default fullscale that is greater than the
AutoRange full scale

3.2.5

Upper limit

Set maximum pressure control
limit

Upper limit: 105 % of
AutoRange range or 102% of QRPT default range, whichever is
lower

3.4.4

Page 37© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALSETTING/SELECTIONPURPOSESET TO

Resolution

Set pressure display resolution

10 ppm of AutoRange span or
1 ppm of default Q-RPT range,
whichever is larger.

3.4.2

Control mode

Select dynamic, static,
monotonic or ramp pressure
control

Dynamic control (standard, nothigh volume)

3.2.2

Control parameters

Set dynamic, static, monotonic
and ramp control mode control
limitsSee Table 8

3.2.2

Set jog step size

100 ppm of AutoRange spanJog step

SECTION

3.4.6.1
3.4.3

 OPERATION
To use the AutoRange function, press [AutoRange] and respond to PPCH-G’s prompts.
Select measurement mode: The screen is identical in appearance and function to the[MODE] screen (see Section 3.3.3). Absolute mode is not available if absolute mode isturned off on all available Q-RPTs (see Section 5.2.5).
Select pressure unit of measure: The screen is identical in appearance and function
to the [UNIT] screen (see Section 3.3.2).
Enter the AutoRange full scale pressure: Enter the desired full scale pressure
value in the <------> entry field and press [ENT]. If the full scale pressure entered cannot
be covered by any of the Q-RPTs available, an error message is displayed. If the fullscale pressure can be covered by an available Q-RPT, AutoRange proceeds to therange display.
View proposed AutoRange range: The proposed AutoRange range screen is:1.

Indication that this is a screen of the proposed AutoRange range.

2.

Designator and position of the Q-RPT that AutoRange has selected
to cover the AutoRange full scale and measurement mode.

3.

Pressure unit of measure specified in AutoRange.

4.

AutoRange full scale pressure in gauge mode and absolute mode if
available. Shows gauge only mode if absolute is OFF for the QRPT.

AutoRange A140M X1H
MPa
100g/100a

If an external Q-RPT that should be available is not being selected by AutoRange, use [RPT] tosearch for Q-RPTs and determine whether external Q-RPTs have been properly connected andinitialized (see Section 3.3.5). The PPCH-G utility sensor (IuH) cannot be AutoRanged.
Accept proposed AutoRange: To accept the proposed AutoRange and go the MAIN
RUN screen with the AutoRanged range active, press [ENT] or [AutoRange].
To modify the AutoRange full scale, measurement mode or pressure unit of measure,use [ESC] to back up through the AutoRange screens and make changes.
If you would like to use a Q-RPT other than the one selected by AutoRange, use [RPT] or the
cursor control keys to toggle through the choices available. Only Q-RPTs that can cover the
specified full scale and measurement mode are offered. Press [ENT] or [AutoRange]
when the desired Q-RPT is displayed.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 38

3. OPERATION

Before operating PPCH-G with external Q-RPTs, check carefully that the Q-RPT TEST(+) port
is connected to the PPCH-G TEST port. If the external Q-RPT is NOT connected to the PPCH-G
TEST port, it will not measure the pressure generated by PPCH-G and PPCH-G may reach apressure higher than the target pressure before its watchdog function recognizes that theexternal RPT is not connected.

Take care not to overpressure external Q-RPTs when using them with a PPCH-G. When using
external Q-RPTs in RPM4s as reference pressure measurement devices with a PPCH-G, the user is
responsible to setting up hardware and following procedures to protect lower range Q-RPTs fromoverpressure. Only the Lo Q-RPT (IL) built-into the PPCH-G is protected automatically.

To verify or confirm the active range from the MAIN RUN screen, use [+/-] or [RANGE] toview the active range description (see Section 3.3.1).

See Table 7 for a listing of all selections and settings affected by AutoRange and theirdefault values.

3.3.5

[RPT]

 PURPOSE
Search for, initialize and display internal and external Q-RPTs available to the PPCH-G system.
 PRINCIPLE
Up to four Q-RPTs can be included in a PPCH-G pressure controller/calibrator system, two internal
and two external (see Section 3.2.5). PPCH-G communicates with external Q-RPTs by RS232
over its COM2 port.
To be available for use by the PPCH-G system, external Q-RPTs must be identified andinitialized. A Q-RPT search function occurs automatically each time PPCH-G power iscycled. Also, pressing [RPT] initiates the Q-RPT search and allows the Q-RPTs that areavailable to PPCH-G to be viewed. Use [RPT] to update the PPCH-G system configuration if
you connect and disconnect Q-RPTs without cycling PPCH-G power.
See Sections 3.2.6, 2.3.7.1 for information on hooking up external Q-RPTs to a PPCH-G system.

Before operating PPCH-G with external Q-RPTs, check carefully that the Q-RPT TEST(+) port
is connected to the PPCH-G TEST port. If the external Q-RPT is NOT connected to the PPCH-G TEST
port, it will not measure the pressure generated by PPCH-G and PPCH-G may reach a pressure higher
than the target pressure before its watchdog function recognizes that the external RPT is notconnected.

Take care not to overpressure external Q-RPTs when using them with a PPCH-G. When using
external Q-RPTs in RPM4s as reference pressure measurement devices with a PPCH-G, the user is
responsible to setting up hardware and following procedures to protect lower range Q-RPTs fromoverpressure. Only the Lo Q-RPT (IL) built-into the PPCH-G is protected automatically.

Page 39© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL OPERATION
To run the Q-RPT and utility sensor search and initialize function, press [RPT]. PPCH-G
displays <Searching for RPTs…> while it runs the search function. When the RPT search iscomplete, the Q-RPTs identification screen is displayed.
1.

IH, and L: Identification of QRPTs or utility sensor in Internal(PPCH-G), Hi and Lo positions.

2.

X1H and L: Identification of QRPTs in External 1 (RPM4), Hi and Lo
positions.

IH:A200Mu
X1H:A200M

L:none
L:A70M

The cursor is on the position designator of the active Q-RPT or utility sensor. Use the cursor
control keys to move the cursor to other positions and to view the third line if present. Press[ENT] to make the selected Q-RPT or utility sensor active in its default range (see Section
3.2.6). Press [RPT] again to cause the Q-RPT search to run again. Press [ESC] to return to the
MAIN RUN screen without making any changes.
See Table 1 for a listing of Q-RPT designators and their corresponding default ranges andTable 4 for information on Q-RPT system position identification designators.

For PPCH-G to successfully identify and initialize an external RPM4, the RPM4 COM1 portsettings must be:
Baud rate: between 1200 and 19200
Parity: Even
Date bits: 7
Stop bits: 1
If PPCH-G is not able to establish communications with an RPM4 and its Q-RPTs, check that the
RPM4 COM1 port setting conforms to the requirements above. If the COM1 port settings arecorrect, check that the correct communications cable is being used (standard pin-to-pin DB-9M
to DB-9F RS232) and is connected to the correct communications ports.
See the RPM4 Operation and Maintenance Manual for additional information on RPM4 RS232
communications and COM port settings.

When an RPM4 is initialized as an external device to a PPCH-G pressure controller, theRPM4 front panel keypad is locked out and the second line of the display becomes:<PPCH-G EXT DEV: IDLE> (if RPM4 is initialized by PPCH-G but not currently in use)
<PPCH-G EXT DEV: ACTIVE> (if RPM4 is initialized by PPCH-G and is currently in use)
After using an RPM4 as an external device for a PPCH-G, cycle power to return to the previous
RPM4 settings, restore front keypad capability and return to the normal MAIN RUN screen.

3.3.6[AUTOTEST]

AutoTest is not enabled in PPCH-G.
 PURPOSE
To execute a programmed sequence of automated pressure control target values and/or to
AutoRange the PPCH-G based on the full scale and tolerance of the device under test.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 40

3. OPERATION PRINCIPLE
The AutoTest function is intended to facilitate the execution of a series of pressure control
target values such as is commonly needed when PPCH-G is used to run a calibration
sequence on a device or system being tested.
There are two types of sequences:
Quick Test

Allows quick definition and execution of a sequence inthe current range and using all of the current
settings (pressure unit of measure, measurementmode, control mode, control settings, display resolution).

Quick DUT Test (QDUT)

AutoRanges PPCH-G based on the full scale andtolerance of a device under test, prompts the user
through the increments of a calibration sequence andlogs calibration data. The first portion of the QDUT
function can be used alone to automatically set PPCH-G
range and operating characteristics appropriately for thedevice under test. The sequence function assumes thatthe pressure at each target point will be adjusted so thatthe device under test reads a cardinal target pressure point.
This is particularly useful when calibrating analog gauges.

Test sequences are defined by the minimum pressure, maximum pressure and test
increment in % of full scale. For tests, in gauge mode, the minimum pressure is always zero.
For tests in absolute mode, the minimum pressure is defined by the user.
 OPERATION
To run an AutoTest press [AutoTest] from the MAIN RUN screen.
Run an AutoTest:
1Quick 2QDUT

The display is:
Select the test type desired.
QDUT Test.

3.3.6.1
IH

See Section 3.3.6.1 for Quick Test or Section 3.3.6.2 for

QUICK AUTOTESTOPERATION

To run a Quick Test, press [AutoTest] and select <1Quick>.
Run current
IH
QuickTest
1yes 2no

The display is:

This selection provides the choice between running the last Quick Test or setting
up a new Quick Test definition. Select <1yes> to rerun the last Quick Test.
Select <2no> to define a new Quick Test.
When <2no> is selected from the Run current QuickTest menu, the set-up/edit
routine is accessed. The first display is:1.

Entry field for maximum pressure of the Quick
Test sequence. Recalls value last entered.

Quick Test FS:
50 MPa g

IH

This entry determines the maximum pressure of the Quick Test sequence. Enterthe maximum pressure and press [ENT].

Page 41© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Sequence FS must be less than the pressure upper limit of the active pressure
range or an error will occur when the test begins to run. To set up and run a sequence
including a pressure greater than the current upper limit, increase the upper limit before
running the sequence (see Section 3.4.4) or change to a higher range if available (seeSection 3.3.1). To AutoRange the PPCH-G automatically for a specific sequence basedon the characteristics of a DUT, use a QDUT Test (see Section 3.3.6.2).
If the active measurement mode is absolute (see Section 3.3.3), the lowest
pressure must also be defined. The next display is:1.

Entry field for minimum pressure of the Quick
Test sequence. Recalls last value entered.

Quick Test low P
10 MPa a

IH

This entry determines the lowest pressure of the Quick Test sequence for tests inabsolute measurement mode. Note that PPCH-G vents in response to a commandfor zero absolute pressure and cannot set pressure under atmospheric pressure(see Section 3.3.10.6). Enter the test lowest pressure point and press [ENT].
The display is:1.

Entry field for sequence pressure increment in% of full scale. Recalls last value entered.

Test increment
20.0%FSThis selection determines the size of the pressure increment in terms of % of the
span of the test. The pressure sequence will run in pressure steps of (span x
increment %) ending with the uneven increment if applicable.
Enter the desired pressure increment and press [ENT].
The display is:
Test point sequence
1up 2down 3u&d 4d&u
This selection determines the order in which the test sequence increments will
execute. Selecting <1up> causes the sequence to execute starting at the low
point and going to the full scale value.
Selecting <2down> causes the sequence to run starting at the full scale value
and going to the low point.
Selecting <3u&d> causes the sequence to run from low point to full scale andback to low point.
Selecting <4d&u> causes the sequence to run from full scale to low point andback to full scale.
After making the increment order selection
the display is:

Next point on:
1ENTER 2Timer

This selection determines how the sequence will proceed from point to point
when the test is run.
If <1ENTER> is selected, the sequence proceeds to the next target value
whenever, and only whenever, [ENT] is pressed.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 42

3. OPERATION

If <2Timer> is selected, a timer is started at each point when a pressure Readycondition is achieved (see Section 3.2.3). The sequence continues to the nextpressure point without operator intervention once the timer has expired. After
selecting <2Timer>, an additional screen is presented for entry of the timer value
in seconds (minimum 1, maximum 999).
After making the next increment on selection, the display is:1.

Indication of minimum and maximum
pressure included in the sequence which isabout to run.

ENTER to run MPa g
0.000 to 50.000

This screen is offered for the user to check, prior to execution, that the correct
sequence is defined and that it does not exceed the range of the device or systembeing tested. Pressing [ESC] returns to theAutoTest selection screen without
sequence execution. Pressing [ENT] causes sequence execution to proceed.
Pressure control begins to set the first target value of the sequence (or ventexecutes if the first increment is zero). The display is the MAIN RUN Screen withindication of the sequence progress:
1.

Indication of sequence increment that iscurrently being executed / total increments insequence. Changes to ENTER or countdown
time remaining once Ready condition has
been reached at target value.

8.232 MPa g
T 10.000
D

IH
2/11

Except for the bottom right hand corner, the sequence run display is identical to
the normal MAIN RUN screen (see Section 3.1.1). The bottom right cornerprovides information on sequence execution. This information updates as eachsequence increment is completed.
If the sequence was set up with <Next increment on timed delay>, execution
proceeds automatically each time a Ready condition has occurred at theincrement and the countdown timer has expired. If the sequence was set up with
<Next increment on ENTER>. Press [ENT] to continue to the next increment.
After the last point of the test sequence has been executed, PPCH-G vents andoperation returns to the main run screen.
Regardless of whether the sequence was set up for next increment on timedelay or on ENTER, pressing [ENT] always causes the sequence to proceed to thenext increment. This feature can be used to skip one or several increments if desired.

To interrupt the sequence at any time,press [ESC]. Pressure control ceases
immediately and the display goes to:

Abort Quick AutoTest
1no 2yes

Select <2yes> to cause the sequence to abort and return to the MAIN RUN
screen. Select <1no> to cause the sequence to resume where it left off.
All Quick Sequences end with a VENT command after the last point. To avoid
the VENT, press [ESC] rather than [ENT] after the last point.

Page 43© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

3.3.6.2


QDUT AUTOTESTOPERATION

The QDUT AutoTest AutoRanges the PPCH-G (see Section 3.3.4) based on the
span and tolerance of a DUT before running a test sequence. QDUT AutoTest
also calculates DUT in or out of tolerance conditions and collects data whilerunning the test. See Section 3.4.5 for information on QDUT AutoTest data files.
To run a QDUT Test, press [AutoTest] and select <2QDUT>.
Run current QDUT
AutoTest:
1yes 2no

The display is:

This selection provides the choice between running the last QDUT Test,
including AutoRanging the PPCH-G based on the previously entered DUT
characteristics or setting up a new QDUT Test definition. Select <1yes> to rerun
the last QDUT Test (see below in this Section). Select <2no> to define a new
QDUT Test.
When <2no> is selected from the Run Current QDUT Test menu, the set-up/edit
routine is accessed. The information needed to AutoRange PPCH-G based on
the DUT characteristics is then collected (see Section 3.3.4).
The first display is the selection of thepressure control mode in which the test is
to be run (see Section 3.4.6).

Control: 1dynamic
2static 3monotonic

Select the pressure control mode that is to be used by the PPCH-G when running thetest points..
The next display is the selection of themeasurement mode of the DUT (seeSection 3.3.3). If only gauge mode isavailable, this display is skipped.

DUT measurement mode
1abs 2gage

Select the measurement mode of the DUT that is being tested. If the desired
measurement mode is not available, the QRPTs available to PPCH-G do not support
the measurement mode or it is turned off.
The next display is to specify the unit ofmeasure. Select the unit of measure inwhich the test is to be run. The choice ofunits available can be customized (seeSection 3.5.6).

1kPa 2Pa 3MPa
4hPa 5bar 6mbar

The next display is to specify the full scale (maximum pressure) of the DUT or test.

1.

Entry field for maximum pressure of the QDUTTest sequence.

DUT full scale:
12000 psi g

This entry determines the maximum pressure of the QDUT Test sequence. Enter the
maximum pressure and press [ENT].
Sequence full scale must be achievable by a QRPT available to PPCH-G or anerror will occur when PPCH-G attempts to AutoRange to the specified full scale. (seeSection 3.3.4).

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 44

3. OPERATION

If the measurement mode selected is absolute, the lowest pressure must also be
defined. The display is:1.

Entry field for minimum pressure of the QDUTTest sequence. Recalls last value entered.

DUT low point:
2000 psi aThis entry determines the lowest pressure of the QDUT sequence for tests inabsolute measurement mode. Note that PPCH-G vents in response to acommand for zero absolute pressure and cannot set pressure under atmosphericpressure (see Section 3.3.10.6). It is preferable to make the low point, a pointthat PPCH-G can set. Enter the test lowest pressure point and press [ENT].
The display is:1.

Entry field for tolerance of the DUT that isbeing tested in % of the DUT’s span.

DUT tolerance:
0.05 %FS (span)This entry determines the in and out of tolerance limits for the DUT when the test
is run. It is also used to determine appropriate PPCH-G resolution and control
limit settings for the resulting AutoRange range.
Enter the DUT tolerance and press [ENT]. The display is:1.

Entry field for sequence pressure increment in% of full scale. Recalls last value entered.

Test increment:
20.0%FSThis selection determines the size of the pressure increment for the test in terms
of % of the full scale (FS) value entered in the DUT Full Scale screen. The pressure
sequence will run in pressure steps of (full scale x increment %) ending with theuneven increment if applicable.
Enter the desired pressure increment and press [ENT].
Test point sequence
1up 2down 3u&d 4d&u

The display is:

This selection determines the order in which the test sequence increments will
execute. Selecting <1up> causes the sequence to execute starting at low pointand going to the full scale value.
Selecting <2down> causes the sequence to run starting at the full scale value
and going to low point.
Selecting <3u&d> causes the sequence to run from low point to full scale andback to low point.
Selecting <3d&u> causes the sequence to run from full scale to low point andback to full scale.
The next display is the proposed AutoRange range to run the QDUT test (seeSection 3.3.4 for additional information on AutoRange).

Page 45© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

1.

Indication that this is a screen of the proposed
AutoRange range.

2.

Designator and position of the Q-RPT that
AutoRange has selected to cover the QDUT
full scale and measurement mode.

3.

Pressure unit of measure specified in QDUT
setup.

4.

AutoRange full scale pressure in gauge mode
and absolute mode if available.

AutoRange A140M X1H
psi
12000g/12000a

The cursor keys or the [RPT] key can be used to toggle through other Q-RPTs
available to cover the QDUT specified range and measurement mode. When thedesired Q-RPT is displayed, press [ENT] to accept the proposed AutoRange.
The QDUT AutoTest can now be run. The display is:1.

Indication of minimum and maximum
pressure included in the sequence which isabout to run.

ENTER to run psi g
0.0 to 10000.0

This screen is offered for the user to check, prior to execution, that the correct
sequence is defined and that it does not exceed the range of the device orsystem being tested.
Pressing [ESC] twice returns to the MAIN RUN screen without sequence
execution (this feature can be used to AutoRange the PPCH-G based on DUT
characteristics without running a specific test sequence). Pressing [ENT] causes
sequence execution to proceed.
0.000 psi g
Prep & ENTER

The display is:

IH
0/11

Perform any operations that are needed before running the test such as making
connections or exercising the DUT. The PPCH-G direct pressure control keys areactive to allow pressure adjustment (see Section 3.1.3). When ready to begin thetest, press [ENT].
Dynamic pressure control begins to set the first target value of the sequence(or vent executes if the first increment is zero). The display is:1.

Indication of sequence increment that iscurrently being executed / total increments insequence. Changes to ENTER once Readycondition has been achieved at target value.

48.335 psi g
T60.000
D

IH
2/11

Except for the bottom right hand corner, the sequence run display is identical to
the normal MAIN RUN screen (see Section 3.1.1). The bottom right cornerprovides information on sequence execution. This information updates as eachsequence increment is executed.
Once a Ready condition has been achieved (see Section 3.2.3), use the directmanual pressure control keys ([ ] and [ ]) to adjust the pressure set by
PPCH-G until the DUT reads the cardinal value of the pressure increment.
Once the DUT indicates the cardinal value of the pressure increment, press[ENT]. The display is:© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 46

3. OPERATION

1.

Final target pressure at which DUT indicatedcardinal value of the pressure point.

2.

<IN> or <OUT> depending on whether DUT
was in or out of tolerance. DUT is <IN> if
cardinal point – PPCH-G pressure < DUT
tolerance * DUT span.

60.010 psi g
T60.012
IN

IH
2/11

Press [ENTER] to accept this test point and proceed to the next test point or [←]to repeat the point.
Repeat set pressure, take reading and accept data at each point until all points inthe sequence have been accepted.
All QDUT tests end with a VENT command after the last point. To avoid the
VENT, press [ESC] after the last point.

After the last point in the sequence has
been completed, the display is:

AutoTest complete
1exit 2repeat 3data

Select <1exit> to go the MAIN run screen retaining the AutoRange that was
setup by QDUT.
Select <2repeat> to start the same test again at <Prep & [ENT]>.
Select <3data> to view the data collected in the QDUT AutoTest that was justcompleted (see Section 3.4.5).

3.3.7[HEAD]

 PURPOSE
To cause a pressure fluid head correction to be added to or subtracted from the pressure
measured by the PPCH-G reference pressure transducer in order to predict the pressure at aheight other than the PPCH-G’s reference level.
 PRINCIPLE
PPCH-G is calibrated at the reference level marked on the instrument rear panel.
Frequently, when performing a calibration or test, the device or system under test is at adifferent height than the PPCH-G’s TEST port. This difference in height, commonly called
head, can cause a significant difference between the pressure measured by the PPCH-G at
its TEST port height and the pressure actually applied to the device under test which is at adifferent height. In this case, it may be useful to make a head correction to the pressure
measured by the PPCH-G in order to predict the pressure actually applied at a DUT at adifferent height.
PPCH-G can calculate head pressure over its working pressure range for a variety of gasses
as well as oil, water or a user defined liquid. The HEAD function allows the height difference
to be specified and causes the resulting head pressure to be added to the pressure measured
at the TEST port.
The [HEAD] function key is used to specify the height difference between the PPCH-G
reference level and another height. Entering a height of zero turns the function off.
The height units and the test fluid are specified by pressing [SPECIAL], <3Head>(see Section 3.5.3).

Page 47© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL OPERATION
To access the HEAD function, press the [HEAD] function key. The display is:
Edit head height:
+ 25
cm
N2

1.

Entry field for head height.

2.

Test fluid currently specified for the head correction.

Edit the head height to the desired value (positive if the DUT is above the reference level,
negative if below). Press [ENT] to return to the MAIN RUN screen with the new headcorrection active. Press [ESC] to return with no changes.

The reference height of the
PPCH-G pressure measurement is
the center of the TEST port on the
PPCH-G rear `panel.

The HEAD function is NOT range specific. The HEAD ON or OFF status remains the same as
ranges are changed. Edits made to the head settings are independent of active range or Q-RPT.

When a head correction is being applied, it is indicated by <h> in the top line of the MAIN
RUN screen (see Section 3.1.1). When the head correction is zero, the <h> is not shown.

To change units of head height between inches and centimeters and to change the test
fluid, use [SPECIAL], <3head> (see Section 3.5.3).

When using external Q-RPTs in RPM4, it is recommended that the RPM4 head height beadjusted to the reference level of the PPCH-G before connecting the RPM4. Then, the normal
PPCH-G reference level to DUT head corrections can be made for all the Q-RPTs, whether internalor external to PPCH-G.

3.3.8[PRIME] (CYCLE) PURPOSE
To execute the PPCH-G test system CYCLE function. CYCLE is intended to repeatedly cycle
between a vented condition and a pressure, for example to exercise a DUT before calibrating it.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 48

3. OPERATION

 OPERATIONTo reach the CYCLE function, press [PRIME] from the MAIN RUN screen. The display is:1.

Edit field for the number of times to cycle the pressure.
Default is 1.

2.

Edit field for cycle high pressure. Default is 100 % of active
range.

Cycle 1 times to
20 MPa approx

Edit the number of cycles and the cycle pressure as desired. Check carefully that thepressure value entered is acceptable for all the hardware that is connected to the TEST port.
Press [ENT] to begin cycling. The display is:
The top line is the regular run screen displaying theactual pressure. The second line alternates between
a display of the target purge pressure (or <Venting>)
and a display of the current cycle and total number ofcycles to be executed.

1.005 MPa g
IH
Purging to 20.000
Cycle 1 of 3

To interrupt the CYCLE routine and return to the CYLE menu, press [ENT] or [ESC]. When
all cycles of the purge routine have completed, PPCH beeps three times and displays<Cycling complete>. Press [ESC] to go to the MAIN RUN screen or [ENT] repeat the cycle
process.

3.3.9[LEAK CK] PURPOSE
To run an automated pressure decay based leak check routine to determine the leak rate of
the system connected to the PPCH-G TEST port.
 PRINCIPLE
Leaks in the system connected to PPCH-G’s TEST port can cause differences between thepressure measured by the PPCH-G Q-RPTs and pressure in other parts of the test system.
A large leak can cause the PPCH-G to be unable to set and control pressures reliably.
The LEAK CHECK function is provided as a means of checking and quantifying leaks that
may be present in the system.
The principle of the LEAK CHECK function is the measurement of the decrease or increasein pressure in a fixed volume over time. The LEAK CHECK function allows a leak check time
to be set. The total pressure change and the average rate of change over the leak checktime are calculated and displayed.
Changing the pressure in a test system causes adiabatic temperature change in thepressurized fluid that need to have dissipated before a valid leak measurement can be made. In
general, a 3 to 5 minute wait before running a leak check is adequate to allow the adiabatic
temperature change to dissipate and valid leak measurements to be made. However, stabilization
time may be longer as volume and/or pressure increases.
 OPERATION
To run a leak check, first set the pressure to the desired leak check pressure using the directpressure control keys (see Section 3.1.3) or automated pressure control (see Section 3.3.10).

Page 49© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALThe effect of the thermal pressure control unit (TPCU) used in standard dynamic control
mode makes it difficult to run a reliable leak test when the PPCH-G is in dynamic control mode.
Before leak testing, change the control mode to a mode other than standard dynamic and wait atleast 5 minutes for the TPCU to cool down and stabilize (see Section 3.4.6.2).
To access the LEAK CHECK function, press [LEAK CHECK] from the MAIN RUN screen.
Select <1run> to run a leak test. The display is:1.

Edit field for the time over which the leak check pressurechange will be measured, in seconds.

Set leak check time:
15 s

Edit the leak check time if desired (minimum 1, maximum 999) and press [ENT].
Press [ENT] again when ready to start the leak test. The leak test display is:1.

Standard MAIN RUN screen first line showing measured
pressure.

2.

Active RPT position indicator3.

Indication that leak test is running and countdown of timeremaining.

70.089 MPa a
Leak testing

HI
13 s

[ESC] can be used to abort the running leak test. [ENT] while the leak test is runningrestarts the leak check timer. When the leak check timer countdown has completed PPCH-G
beeps three times and the leak check results screen is displayed:1.

Total pressure change from start to finish of leak check time.

2.

Indicator of RPT used to run leak check.

3.

Average rate of change of pressure over the leak checktime period.

∆P
0.61 MPa
HI
Rate 0.04 MPa/sec

From the leak check results screen, press [ENT] to repeat the leak test.
Press [ESC] to return to leak check main menu and exit to the MAIN RUN screen.
As a general rule, the maximum acceptable leak rate for optimal PPCH-G automatedpressure control operation and to assure in tolerance measurements with default pressure control
parameters is 0.002 % of reading/second. In dynamic control mode, to handle higher test system leakrates, increase the hold limit using [SPECIAL], <6control>, <1limits> (see Section 3.4.6.1) or try using
hi volume dynamic control (see Section 3.4.6.2).
To view the results of the most recently completed leak check, press <2view>.
Press [ENTER] or [ESC] to return to the MAIN RUN screen. If NO leak check data is stored(i.e., if the PPCH-G has never run a leak test or a reset has cleared previous leak test results),
the results screen displays <Data NOT available> briefly and returns to MAIN RUN screen.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 50

3. OPERATION

Leak check is range specific in the sense that leak check is run using the active range.
However, only one set of leak check results is maintained in memory and each leak test completed
overwrites the memory. View leak check always shows the results of the last leak check run
regardless of the range that is now active. The results screen includes the range indicator toindicate the range in which the leak check was run.

3.3.10[ENT/SET P] (SET PRESSURE AUTOMATICALLY) PURPOSE
To enter and execute target pressure and ramp values for PPCH-G automated pressure control.
See Section 3.2.2 for information on automated pressure control and the different control
modes available with PPCH-G.
 OPERATIONThe operation of [ENT/Set P] depends on the active pressure control mode.
Dynamic mode: See Section 3.3.10.1.
Static mode: See Section 3.3.10.2.
Monotonic mode: See Section 3.3.10.3.
Ramp mode: See Section 3.3.10.4.
Interrupting automated pressure control: See Section 3.3.10.5.
Commands for setting zero pressure: See Section 3.3.10.6.
The active range pressure control mode and parameters can be viewed and edited using[SPECIAL], <6control> (see Section 3.4.6).

3.3.10.1

DYNAMIC CONTROL MODE, [ENT/SET P]

If the PPCH-G is not set for dynamic control, use SPECIAL, <6control>,<2mode> to select dynamic control mode. Select <1standard> or <2hi
volume> depending upon the characteristics of the system into which PPCH-G
is controlling pressure (see Section 3.2.2.2).
For best results, wait 5 minutes with the PPCH-G vented before controllingpressure when changing to or from standard dynamic control mode. This is to allow
time for the PPCH-G thermal pressure control unit to respond and stabilize.

Page 51© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Press [ENT/SET P] from the MAIN RUN screen. The display is:1.
2.

Standard MAIN RUN screen first line showing
measured pressure and active Q-RPT.
Edit field for the pressure control target
pressure in current pressure unit of measure.

20.007 MPa g
Target:40.000

HI

Edit the target pressure value as desired.
A target pressure entry that exceeds the current upper limit (see Section
3.4.4) is not accepted. Negative values are not accepted. See Section 3.3.10.6 for
information on zero target value.
Press [ENT/SET P] to start pressure control to the target pressure and return to the
MAIN RUN screen. The MAIN RUN screen when pressure control is active is:1.

Standard MAIN RUN screen first line showing
measured pressure and active Q-RPT. Shows
target pressure value when condition is
Ready.

2.

Current control mode indicator. Flashes when
automated pressure control is active.
Character is <D> for standard or <d> for hi
volume dynamic control. <C> is appended if
custom control parameters are in use.

3.

40.000 kPa a
D 0.002
D

HI

Target pressure value (<T>) when controllingand condition is Not Ready. Current deviationfrom the target pressure (<D>) when in
dynamic control mode and condition is Ready.

Observe the Ready/Not Ready indicator LED (see Section 3.2.3) for indication ofwhen the controlled pressure has reached the target and stabilized inside thehold limit. PPCH-G continues maintaining pressure at the target value following
dynamic control protocol (see Section 3.2.2.2) until automated pressure control isinterrupted.
If PPCH-G is unable to control pressure or appears to control pressure poorly,
see Section 6 to troubleshoot.

See Section 3.4.6 for information on customizing pressure control
parameters.

The [ ] and [ ] direct pressure control keys can be used while controllingto jog the pressure control target value up or down by the jog step value (see Section
3.1.3). These keys also jog the target value when in the ENTER target value screen.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 52

3. OPERATION

3.3.10.2

STATIC CONTROL MODE, [ENT/SET P]

If the PPCH-G is not set for static control, use SPECIAL, <6control>, <2mode>
to select static control mode.
For best results, wait 5 with the PPCH-G vented before controlling pressure
when changing to or from standard dynamic control mode. This is to allow time for
the PPCH-G thermal pressure control unit to respond and stabilize.
Press [ENT/SET P] from the MAIN RUN screen. The display is:1.
2.

Standard MAIN RUN screen first line showing
measured pressure and active Q-RPT.
Edit field for the pressure control target
pressure in current pressure unit of measure.

20.007 MPa g
Target:40.0

HI

Edit the target pressure value as desired.
A target pressure entry that exceeds the current upper limit (see Section
3.4.4) is not accepted. Negative values are not accepted. See Section 3.3.10.6 for
information on zero target value.
Press [ENT/SET P] to start pressure control to the target pressure and return to the
MAIN RUN screen. The MAIN RUN screen when pressure control is active is:1.

Standard MAIN RUN screen first line showing
measured pressure and active Q-RPT.

2.

Current control mode indicator. Flashes when
automated pressure control is active.
Character is <S> for static control. <C> isappended if custom control parameters are in
use.

3.

38.979 MPa a
R 0.002/s S

HITarget pressure value (<T>) when controllingand condition is Not Ready. Pressure rate ofchange <R> when within hold limit and waitingfor pressure stability.

Observe the Ready/Not Ready indicator LED (see Section 3.2.3) for indication ofwhen the controlled pressure is within the hold limit and stable. PPCH-G
continues controlling following static pressure control protocol (see Section
3.2.2.3) until automated pressure control is interrupted.
If PPCH-G is unable to control pressure or appears to control pressure poorly,
see Section 6 to troubleshoot.

See Section 3.4.6 for information on customizing pressure control
parameters.

Page 53© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALThe [ ] and [ ] direct pressure control keys can be used in static mode
while the PPCH-G is waiting for pressure stability to jog the pressure by the pressure
step value. (see Section 3.1.3). These keys also jog the target value when in the
ENTER target value screen.

3.3.10.3

MONOTONIC CONTROL MODE, [ENT/SET P]

If the PPCH-G is not set for monotonic control, use SPECIAL, <6control>,<2mode> to select monotonic control mode.
Use monotonic control with caution. Once pressure is set to the target, an
ascending monotonic ramp will continue increasing pressure until stopped by a newpressure command, aborting control or reaching the active range upper limit pressure(see Section 3.4.4).

For best results, wait 5 minutes with the PPCH-G vented before controllingpressure when changing to or from standard dynamic control mode. This is to allow
time for the PPCH-G thermal pressure control unit to respond and stabilize.
Press [ENT/SET P] from the MAIN RUN screen. The display is:1.

Standard MAIN RUN screen first line showing
measured pressure and active Q-RPT.

2.

Edit field for the pressure control target
pressure in current pressure unit of measure.

20.007 MPa g
Target:40.0

HI

Edit the target pressure value as desired.
A target pressure entry that exceeds the current upper limit (see Section
3.4.4) is not accepted. Negative values are not accepted. See Section 3.3.10.6 for
information on zero target commands.
Press [ENT/SET P] to start pressure control to the target pressure and return to
the MAIN RUN screen. The MAIN RUN screen when pressure control is active is:1.

Standard MAIN RUN screen first line showing
measured pressure and active Q-RPT.
Always shows measured pressure.

2.

Current control mode indicator. Flashes when
automated pressure control is active.
Character is <M> for monotonic control. <C>
is appended if custom control parameters arein use.

3.

Target pressure value (<T>) at all times.

39.998 MPa a
T 40.000 M

HI

Observe the Ready/Not Ready indicator LED (see Section 3.2.3) for indication ofwhen the controlled pressure is at the target pressure and under the monotonic
ramp rate target. PPCH-G continues controlling following monotonic pressure
control protocol (see Section 3.2.2.4) until automated pressure control is interrupted.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 54

3. OPERATION

If PPCH-G is unable to control pressure or appears to control pressure poorly,
see Section 6 to troubleshoot.

See Section 3.4.6 for information on customizing pressure control
parameters.

3.3.10.4

RAMP CONTROL MODE, [ENT/SET P]

If the PPCH-G is not set for ramp control, use SPECIAL, <6control>, <2mode>
to select ramp control mode.
Use ramp control with caution. An ascending ramp will not stop increasingpressure until stopped by a new pressure command, aborting control or reaching theactive range upper limit pressure (see Section 3.4.4).

For best results, wait 5 minutes with the PPCH-G vented before controllingpressure when changing to or from standard dynamic control mode. This is to allow
time for the PPCH-G thermal pressure control unit to respond and stabilize.
Press [ENT/SET P] from the MAIN RUN screen. The display is:1.
2.

Standard MAIN RUN screen first line showing
measured pressure and active Q-RPT.
Edit field for the target ramp rate in current
pressure unit of measure per second.

20.007 MPa g
HITarget rate:0.1000/s

Edit the target ramp value as desired. Enter a negative value for a descending rate.
A rate entry of 0 is not accepted.
Press [ENT/SET P] to start pressure control to the target ramp rate and return to
the MAIN RUN screen. The MAIN RUN screen when pressure control is active is:1.

Standard MAIN RUN screen first line showing
measured pressure and active Q-RPT.
Always shows measured pressure.

2.

Actual pressure rate of change (<R>) at all
times.

3.

Current control mode indicator. Flashes when
automated pressure control is active.
Character is <R> for ramp control. <C> isappended if custom control parameters are inuse.

25.377 MPa a
R 1.015/s R

HI

Observe the Ready/Not Ready indicator LED (see Section 3.2.3) for indication ofwhen the target rate has been established within the rate hold limit. PPCH-G
continues controlling following ramp pressure control protocol (see Section
3.2.2.5) until automated pressure control is interrupted.

Page 55© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

If PPCH-G is unable to control pressure or appears to control pressure poorly,
see Section 6 to troubleshoot.

See Section 3.4.6 for information on customizing pressure control
parameters.

3.3.10.5

PG CONTROL MODE, [ENT/SET P]

PG control is not to be used for regular PPCH-G stand alone operation. Itshould only be used by a PG7202 piston gauge AutoGen function.
PG control mode is not to be used for regular PPCH-G stand alone operation. It
is used only by a PG7202 piston to automated pressure control using the
AutoGen function (see PG7000 Operation and Maintenance Manual).
If the PPCH-G is operated locally or remotely in PG control mode, operation
appears identical to hi volume dynamic mode (see Section 3.2.2.2) but thethermal pressure control unit (TPCU) is active and may affect pressure stability,
especially when not actively controlling pressure.
When PG control mode is active, the main run screen control character is <P>.

3.3.10.6

INTERRUPTING AUTOMATED PRESSURE CONTROL

Automated pressure control is interrupted by:•Pressing [ESC]: Suspends control and remains in MAIN RUN screen.
Does not vent pressure. PPCH-G passively measures the pressure applied
to its TEST port. Pressure may take some time to stabilize if control mode is
dynamic as thermal pressure control unit stabilizes.

•

Pressing any direct pressure control key other than the jog keys (seeSection 3.1.3): Suspends control and executes direct pressure control.

•

Pressing any function key: Suspends control and goes to the selectedfunction. Does not vent pressure. PPCH-G passively measures thepressure.

•

Pressing [ENT/SET P]: In dynamic, static and ramp modes, suspends
control and goes to ENTER target screen. Does not vent pressure. PPCH-G
passively measures the pressure. In monotonic mode, [ENT/SET P]
suspends control only if the pressure has not yet reached the target limit.
[ENT/SET P] does not suspend control during the slow ramp after the target
pressure has been reached. This is to avoid suspending control when setting
the next pressure increment as that could cause the direction of pressure
evolution to reverse, violating the monotonic excursion.

•

Sending any remote command when in local mode interrupts pressure
control.

To resume automated pressure control, press [ENT/SET P] and ENTER a target
pressure value.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 56

3. OPERATION

3.3.10.7

AUTOMATED PRESSURE COMMANDS FOR ZERO PRESSURE

A command for automated pressure control to a target value of zero when in gauge
or absolute measurement mode is interpreted in the same manner as if the [VENT]
direct pressure control key had been pressed (see Section 3.1.3).
Pressure is controlled down and the vent valve is opened. A Ready condition
occurs when the vent sequence has completed, including running AutoZ, if
applicable (see Section 3.5.1). Zero is not an accepted entry in ramp control mode.
PPCH-G cannot set pressure under atmosphere. An automated pressure control
command for zero pressure in absolute measurement mode results in setting
atmospheric pressure by opening the TEST port to atmosphere (venting). This is thelowest absolute pressure PPCH-G can set. When zero absolute is given as a pressure
target, the pressure actually measured by the PPCH-G after the ready condition occurs
must be read back rather than assuming a specific pressure value has been set.

3.4

[SETUP] PURPOSE[SETUP] accesses a menu of functions and features commonly used in setting up and using PPCH-G.
 OPERATION
1range 2res 3jog 4UL
5ATest 6control 7drv

To access the SETUP menu, press [SETUP] from the MAIN RUN
screen. The display is:
SETUP menu choices include:<1range>

Save and delete ranges created by AutoRange (see Section 3.4.1).

<2res>

Adjust the resolution of pressure displays (see Section 3.4.2).

<3jog>

Adjust the jog function pressure step value (see Section 3.4.3).

<4UL>

Adjust the upper pressure limit (see Section 3.4.4).

<5ATest>View data files resulting from running QDUT AutoTests (see Section 3.4.5).

<6control>

Select pressure control mode and view/adjust control limits (see section 3.4.6).

<7drv>

Set and view status of external 12V drivers (see Section 3.4.7).

3.4.1<1RANGE> PURPOSE
Save AutoRange ranges and associated settings for recall.
AutoRange ranges.

Delete previously saved

 PRINCIPLE
The PPCH-G AutoRange function creates a range and automatically sets various operating
parameters proportionally to the range (see Section 3.3.4). Operating settings can then bechanged by the user. Many operating settings are specific to the current range (see Table 5).
[SPECIAL], <1range> allows the AutoRange range and associated settings to be saved forlater recall using the [RANGE] key (see Section 3.3.1). This can save the user from having
to recreate frequently used ranges and custom settings.
[SPECIAL], <1range> is also used to delete ranges that have been saved but are no longer needed.

Page 57© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

3.4.1.1


SAVING AN A UTO R ANGE RANGEOPERATION

To save a range created by AutoRange, the range must be the active range.
Use AutoRange to create the range (see Section 3.3.4) and then make any
desired feature and setting adjustments.
Once the AutoRange range is set up as desired, press [SETUP], <1range> andselect <1save>. The display is:1.

Indication that this is an AutoRange range tobe saved.

2.

Designator and position of the Q-RPT used by
the range to be saved.

3.

Pressure unit of measure of the range to be
saved.

4.

Full scale pressure of the range to be saved ingauge mode and absolute mode if available.

Save range A100M
MPa
80g/80a

IH

Press [ENT] to save the range or [ESC] to return to the MAIN RUN screen without
saving the range.
Default (DF) Q-RPT ranges cannot be saved. They are permanent.
Duplicate AutoRange ranges cannot be saved. A duplicate AutoRange range is arange that has the same measurement mode and full scale and uses the same Q-RPT
as a range that has already been saved.

3.4.1.2


DELETING A UTO R ANGE RANGESOPERATION

To delete a single saved AutoRange range, press [SETUP], <1range>,<2delete>. If there are any saved ranges available to delete, the display is:1.

Indication that the cursor control keys may be
used to toggle through the saved ranges toselect the one to be deleted.

2.

Designator and position of the Q-RPT used by
the range to be deleted.

3.

Pressure unit of measure of the range to bedeleted.

4.

Full scale pressure of the range to be deleted
in gauge mode and absolute mode if available.

< and > A70M
MPa
50g/50a

X1H

Use the cursor control keys to toggle through the ranges available to be deleted.
When the desired range to be deleted is displayed, press [ENT]. If you are sure youwant to delete this range, press [ENT] again in response to the <Delete?> query.
Press [ESC] to return to the <AutoRange:> screen without deleting a range.
To delete all of the saved AutoRange ranges, press [SETUP], <1range>,<3delete all>. If you are sure you want to delete all the ranges, respond <1yes>to the <Delete all saved ranges?> query. If not, respond <2no>.

3.4.2<2RES> (RESOLUTION)

 PURPOSE
To set the resolution with which measured pressures and other pressure indications andsettings are displayed.
© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 58

3. OPERATION PRINCIPLE
The resolution with which PPCH-G displays pressure values can be adjusted.
This feature can be used to reduce the resolution when lower precision measurements arebeing made and excess resolution might confuse or distract the operator.
The resolution setting determines the number of digits with which pressure is displayed.
The resolution is calculated based on the full scale of the range and then rounded to thefurthest digit to the right. For example, resolution of 0.001 % on a range of 150 MPa is
150 X 0.001 % = 0.0015 which is rounded down to 0.001 MPa.
Default resolution is 10 ppm of active range span. Resolution is set automatically by
AutoRange (see Section 3.3.4).
 OPERATION
To access the resolution function, press [SETUP],<2res>. The display is:

Display resltn:
IH
0.0010 %FS< and >

Use the cursor control keys to set the desired level of resolution. Press [ENT] to return to the
MAIN RUN screen with the new resolution setting active or [ESC] to make no changes.
The resolution setting is range specific. A resolution setting made in one range does NOT
affect other ranges.

The maximum resolution setting is limited in AutoRange ranges that are less than 10 % of
the Q-RPT default full scale.

The maximum resolution setting when using a utility sensor is 0.001 % of utility sensor span.

3.4.3<3JOG>

 PURPOSE
Adjust the nominal change in pressure caused by using the jog direct pressure control keys([ ] and [ ]).
 PRINCIPLE
The jog direct pressure control keys, [ ] and [ ], increase or decrease pressure by anominal amount each time they are pressed. If pressure control is NOT active, pressing thejog key causes an up or down pressure step. If dynamic pressure control is active, the jog
key causes the pressure control target value to be changed by the amount of the jog step.
[SETUP], <3jog> allows the nominal value of the jog step to be adjusted.
The default jog step is 0.02% of active range span. The maximum jog step is 5 % of active
range span. Jog step value is set automatically by AutoRange (see Section 3.3.4).

See Section 3.1.3 for information on the jog key effect while control is active in various
control modes.

Page 59© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL OPERATION
To access the jog step adjustment function, press[SETUP], <3jog>. The display is:

Jog step size:
0.010 MPa

IH

Edit the value of the jog step as desired. Press [ENT] to return to the MAIN RUN screen with
the new jog step size active. Press [ESC] to return to the MAIN RUN screen with no change
to the jog step size.
Pressing [] and [] simultaneously is a short cut to the <Jog step size:> menu.

The jog step setting is range specific. A jog step setting made in one range does NOT
affect other ranges.

3.4.4<4UL> (UPPER LIMIT) PURPOSE
To set the upper limit pressure value for a pressure range and measurement mode.
 PRINCIPLEThe UPPER LIMIT function allows the setting of a maximum pressure not to be exceeded
when using a specific range and measurement mode. Absolute and gauge measurement
modes (see Section 3.3.3,  PRINCIPLE) have their own, specific limits.
Automated pressure control targets greater than the upper limit are not accepted. When thepressure measured by PPCH-G exceeds the upper limit, automated or direct manual pressure
control is aborted and an intermittent warning beep sounds.
The UPPER LIMIT function is most often used to protect the device or system connected to
the PPCH-G TEST port from accidental overpressure.
The default upper limit is 105 % of AutoRange span or 102 % of Q-RPT default (maximum)
full scale, whichever is lower.

The upper limit is very useful in assuring that the pressure ramps of monotonic or ramppressure control modes do not result in an accidental overpressure.
 OPERATION
To view or edit the upper limit press [SETUP], <4UL>.
The display is:1.

Entry field for upper limit value in active pressure unit ofmeasure and measurement mode.

Upper limit:
71.400 MPa a

IH

Edit the upper limit value as desired. The maximum upper limit is 105 % of AutoRange range
or 102 % of default QRPT range, whichever is lower. Press [ENT] to return to the MAIN
RUN screen with the new upper limit active. Press [ESC] to return to the MAIN RUN screenwith no change to the upper limit.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 60

3. OPERATION

When the upper limit has been exceeded, the display of current pressure flashes and abuzzer sounds at 2 second intervals. To return to normal operation, reduce pressure using
direct pressure control keys or an automated pressure command.
Upper limit values are specific to each range and measurement mode. Be careful not toassume that the upper limit set in one measurement mode will apply to the other. For example, if
you set 50 MPa as the upper limit in gauge mode, the upper limit will not be 50 MPa in absolutemode of the same range.

Upper limits are always specified and displayed in the currendt pressure unit of measure.

3.4.4.1

OVER PRESSURE FUNCTION

In addition to the UL function, PPCH-G has an over pressure function.
The over pressure function executes when a Q-RPT measures a pressure that is
104 % of its default span or a utility sensor measures a pressure that is 110 % of
its default span.
When PPCH-G is using an external Q-RPT in an RPM4, the PPCH-G utility
sensor or Hi Q-RPT acts as a watchdog. If the watchdog measures a pressure
greater than the maximum pressure of the active external Q-RPT, PPCH-G
executes the overpressure function.
The over pressure function causes all pressure control to be interrupted, changes
the active range to the default range of the Internal, Hi (IH) Q-RPT or utility sensor
and causes the measured pressure display to flash. The overpressure function
also logs the time and date of the overpressure condition in both user and factorylogs to assist in incident diagnosis (see Section 3.5.9).
To recover from an overpressure, correct the overpressure condition and cycle
PPCH-G power. Be sure to correct the condition that caused the overpressure
before cycling power.
RPM4 has its own, independent overpressure function. When a Q-RPT on an
RPM4 is active, both the PPCH-G and the RPM4 may execute overpressure routines in
response to an overpressure condition of the RPM4. See the RPM4 Operation and
Maintenance Manual for information on the RPM4 overpressure function.

3.4.5<5AT EST > PURPOSE
To view the data files that are created when QDUT AutoTests are run (see Section 3.3.6.2).
 PRINCIPLE
PPCH-G supports QDUTAutoTests (see Section 3.3.6.2). When a QDUT AutoTest is run,the PPCH-G pressure accepted by the operator, and <IN> or <OUT> condition, at each point
is logged. The logged pressure and an identifying header are stored in a data file. The data
file can be viewed immediately following the last point of the sequence by selecting <3data>.
In addition, the up to ten previous data files recorded can be viewed anytime using [SETUP],<5ATest>.

Page 61© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Data File Protocol
Up to ten QDUT AutoTest data files are buffered, ten at a time, in PPC3 memory. When a new
test is completed, its data file goes to the front of the queue and the oldest data file is deleted.
Data files are identified by a header whose first line is the full scale of the DUT and thenumber of test points in the QDUT AutoTest sequence. The second line is the date
(YYYYMMDD) and time (HH:MM:SS) at which the last point of the sequence was accepted.
Following the data file header, each test point is recorded including the pressure setting of
the PPCH-G with head, AutoZ and range status as well as an indication of whether thereading was in or out of tolerance and the test point number over the total number of test
points in the QDUT sequence.
 OERATION
To access the QDUT AutoTest data file viewing function press [SETUP], <5ATest>.
The first display is the data file header which can be used to toggle through data files:
1.

Full scale of the QDUT AutoTest sequence with pressure unitof measure and measurement mode.

2.

Number of test points completed / total number of test points
in the sequence definition.

3.

Date (YYYYMMDD) and time the last point was completed.

6000.0 psi g 11/11
20021105
10:15 am

Use the forward and backward cursor control keys to scroll through the headers of the other
QDUT AutoTest data files available. PPCH-G stores up to ten data files in order of execution
with a new data file pushing all the files back and deleting the oldest one. When the headerof the data file you would like to view appears, press [ENT] or the down cursor control key toview the first point of the identified sequence.
The display is:
1.

PPCH-G pressure logged for the test point.

2.

Head, AutoZ and active Q-RPT indicator (same as in the
PPCH-G MAIN RUN screen).

3.

Indication that this point was out of tolerance. Indicates <IN>
if point was in tolerance. Definition of out of tolerance is(Nominal point – PPC pressure > DUT tolerance * DUT FS).

4.

Number of this test point / total number of points in thesequence.

6000.5 psi g
hzX1H
View data OUT 2/11

Press [ENT] to move to the next data point or use the up and down cursor control keys toscroll backwards and forwards through the test points. The data file header is between thefirst point and the last point.
Press [ESC] to exit the data file. Confirmation is required to exit the data view function.

3.4.6<6CONTROL> PURPOSE
To set the automated pressure control mode for the active range, customize control
parameters for the active control mode, activate default control parameters.
 PRINCIPLEThe CONTROL function allows the active control mode for the current range to be set to
dynamic (standard or hi volume), static, monotonic or ramp. The control mode set is specificto the active range and is saved with that range when ranges are changed. For a complete
description of the operation and purpose of the different control modes see Section 3.2.2.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 62

3. OPERATION

When a control mode is selected using the CONTROL function, CONTROL parameters areautomatically set to default values for that control mode in the active range (see Table 8 fordefinition of PPCH-G default control parameters). The default control parameters are thosebest suited to operate within PPCH-G pressure control and measurement specifications for agiven range of operation.
Control mode parameters can be viewed and customized in the CONTROL function(see Section 3.4.6). Customizing the control parameters changes the conditions required fora Ready condition to occur (see Section 3.2.3). This can be used to increase control speed(reduce time to Ready), usually by decreasing control precision, or to increase precision whichusually decreases control speed. For example, changing the dynamic pressure control holdlimit from its default value of ± 0.01 % of the active range to ± 0.05 % of the active range
decreases the time required to set a pressure since the limit within which the pressure must
be set has increased. However, it will also increase the maximum possible control error when
Ready is indicated.
Table 8. Default pressure control parameters
PRESSURE
STABILITY LIMITPRESSURE
TARGET LIMIT

Not applicableNot applicableNot applicable(standard andhi volume)± 0.01 % of active
range, or 0.003 % of
Q-RPT maximum
span, whichever isgreater

STATIC MODE

± 1 % of active range± 0.005 % of active
range or 2 ppm of
Q-RPT maximum
span/second,whichever is greater

Not applicableNot applicable

MONOTONIC
MODE

Not applicableNot applicable

1 % of Q-RPT
maximum span

0.05 % of Q-RPT
maximum span/second

RAMP MODE± 25 % of target rate

Not applicableNot applicableNot applicable

PG MODE(use with
PG7202
piston gauge
only)± 0.01 % of active
range, or 0.003 % of
Q-RPT maximum
span, whichever isgreater

Not applicableNot applicableNot applicableNot applicable± 0.005 % of active
range or 2 ppm of
Q-RPT maximum
range/second,whichever is greater

Not applicableNot applicable

HOLD LIMITDYNAMIC
MODE

CONTROLIDLE

RATE LIMIT*Note: % of range limits are of default or AutoRanged range.

 OPERATION
To access the CONTROL function, press [SETUP], <6control>. The display is:1.

Control mode that is currently active.

2.

Active Q-RPT indicator.

3.

Selection to adjust limits of active control mode (<1limits>) or
select a control mode (<2mode>).

Dynamic,standard
1limits 2mode

IH

Select <1limits> to view or edit the active control limits for the active control mode (seeSection 3.4.6.1).
Select <2mode> to change the active control mode (see Section 3.4.6.2).
Page 63© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

3.4.6.1
<1LIMITS> (CUSTOM CONTROL PARAMETERS)PURPOSETo view active pressure control parameters and/or set custom control
parameters.


PRINCIPLE

See Section 3.4.6,  PRINCIPLE.
OPERATION[SETUP], <6control>, <1limits> views and/or sets limits for the active control
mode only. To set limits for a control mode other than the active control mode,
select that control mode first using [SETUP], <6control>, <2mode>.
To view active control parameters and/or set custom control parameters, press[SETUP], <6control>, <1limits> from the MAIN RUN screen. The display isdepends upon the active control mode.
To reset default control parameters for a range and control mode, select thecontrol mode using [SETUP], 6control, 2mode.

Custom control parameters are range specific. Changes made in one range arestored for that range and are recalled when that range is made active. Changes
made in one range do not affect any other range.

When custom control parameters are active, a <C> is appended to the control
mode indicating character (<D> for standard dynamic, <d> for hi volume dynamic,<S> for static, <M> for monotonic, <R> for rate) in the middle of the bottom line of
the MAIN RUN screen.
Dynamic (standard and hi volume), Static and PG Control Modes
When dynamic or static control mode is active, the [SETUP], <6control>,<1limits> display is:1.

Active Q-RPT designator.

2.

View/edit field of hold limit value in active
pressure unit of measure. Shows active holdlimit.

3.

Active control mode (<D> for standard
dynamic, <d> for hi volume dynamic, <S> forstatic).

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 64

Hold limit:
0.010 MPa

IH
D

3. OPERATION

Edit the hold limit value if desired and press [ENT] to view the stability limit. The
next display is:1.

Active Q-RPT designator.

2.

View/edit field of stability limit value in active
pressure unit of measure. Shows active
stability limit.

3.

Active control mode (<D> for standard
dynamic, <d> for hi volume dynamic, <S> forstatic).

Stability limit:
0.010 MPa/s

IH
D

Edit the stability limit value if desired and press [ENT] to return to the main run
screen with the edited values active.
See Section 3.4.6, Table 8 for default control limits.
Monotonic Control Mode
When monotonic control mode is active, the [SETUP], <6control>, <1limits>
display is:1.

Active Q-RPT designator.

2.

View/edit field of pressure target limit value inactive pressure unit of measure. Shows
active target limit.

3.

Active control mode (<M> for monotonic).

Target limit:
1.000 MPa

IH
M

Edit the target limit value if desired and press [ENT] to view the monotonic ramp
rate limit. The next display is:1.

Active Q-RPT designator.

2.

View/edit field of monotonic ramp rate limit in
active pressure unit of measure per second.
Shows active rate limit.

3.

Active control mode (<M> for monotonic).

Rate limit:
0.050 MPa/s

IH
M

Edit the target ramp rate if desired and press [ENT] to return to the main run
screen with the edited values active.
See Section 3.4.6, Table 8 for default control limits.
Ramp Control Mode
When ramp control mode is active, the [SETUP], <6control>, <1limits> display is:1.

Active Q-RPT designator.

2.

View/edit field of pressure ramp rate hold limit
value in active pressure unit of measure persecond.

3.

Active control mode (<R> for ramp).

Rate hold limit: X1H
0.100 MPa/s
R

Edit the ramp rate hold limit value if desired and press [ENT] to return to themain run screen with the edited values active.
See Section 3.4.6, Table 8 for default control limits.

Page 65© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

3.4.6.2
<2MODE>PURPOSETo select the active automated pressure control mode.


PRINCIPLE

See Section 3.4.6,  PRINCIPLE.
OPERATION

The control mode selection display is:

1dynamic 2static X1H
3monotonic 4ramp 5PG

The cursor is on the active control mode. Making a control mode selection
activates the control mode, sets default control parameters for that control mode(see Section 3.4.6, Table 8) and returns to the main run screen. To set custom
control parameters, press [SETUP], <6control>, <1limits> from the MAIN RUN
screen (see Section 3.4.6.1).
Dynamic control mode selection, standard or hi volume
When <1dynamic> is selected, the type of dynamic control (standard or hi
volume) must be specified (see Section 3.2.2.2).
After selecting <1dynamic>, display is:

Dynamic control X1H
1standard 2hi volume

Select the desired dynamic control mode type. The default is <1standard>.
Making a control mode selection activates the control mode, sets default control
parameters for that control mode.
For best results, wait 5 minutes with the PPCH-G vented before controllingpressure when changing to or from standard dynamic control mode. This is to allow
time for the PPCH-G thermal pressure control unit to respond and stabilize.

Control mode setting is range specific. A change in control mode made while in
one PPCH-G range does NOT affect the control mode setting in other ranges.

The current control mode is indicated by two characters in the middle of thebottom line of the MAIN RUN screen (<D> for standard dynamic, <d> for hi volume
dynamic, <S> for static, <M> for monotonic, <R> for ramp, with <C> appended if
custom control settings are in use). (See Section 3.1.1)

3.4.6.3

TURNING-OFF CUSTOM CONTROL PARAMETERS

To return to default pressure control parameters for the active range and control
mode, select the control mode using [SETUP], <6control>, <2mode> (seeSection 3.4.6). Selecting the mode automatically activates its default control
parameters. This is a convenient way to put the PPCH-G into a known condition
after trying custom control settings.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 66

3. OPERATION

3.4.7<7DRV> (DRIVERS) PURPOSE
To control the output signals of PPCH-G’s 8 channel, 12 V external drivers.
 PRINCIPLE
PPCH-G external drivers are available to drive peripheral equipment in a PPCH-G system,
for example, solenoid valves. The driver electrical connections are available from a rear
panel connector.
See Section 7.1 for driver specifications and connector pin-outs.
 OPERATION
To access the driver control function press [SETUP],<7drv>. The display is:External drivers: 1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Pressing the keypad numerical key driver number turns that driver ON and OFF with either amomentary or a toggled response. An active driver is indicated by <*> immediately following
the driver number.
Pressing [ENT] while in the external drivers menu causes a menu to appear that allows
selection of whether the driver actuation by selecting the driver number will be<1momentary> or <2toggle>.

3.5[SPECIAL] PURPOSE[SPECIAL] accesses a menu of PPCH-G settings, adjustment and features that are less commonly used
or not normally used in regular operation.
 OPERATION
Press [SPECIAL] from the MAIN RUN screen to access the
SPECIAL menu. The display is:

1AutoZ 2remote 3head
4reset 5pref 6Punit
7internal 8cal 9log

Some screens, such as the SPECIAL menu, go beyond the two lines provided by the display. This isindicated by a flashing arrow in the second line of the display. Press the cursor control keys to move thecursor to access the lines that are not visible or directly enter the number of the hidden menu choice if you
know it.
SPECIAL menu choices include:<1AutoZ>

Manage AutoZero function for the active Q-RPT or utility sensor (see Section 3.5.1).

<2remote>

View and edit PPCH-G COM port (RS-232) and IEEE-488 interface settings (see Section
3.5.2).

<3head>Set HEAD function fluid and height unit of measure (see Section 3.5.3).

<4reset>Access PPCH-G’s various reset functions (see Section 3.5.4).

<5pref>View and set screen saver time, keypad sound frequency, unit ID number, time/date,security protection level (see Section 3.5.5).

<6Punit>

Customize the [UNIT] key pressure unit of selections (See section 3.5.6).
Page 67© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL<7intern>

Access internal functions including control configurations, on-board barometer viewing,pump and reservoir functions (see Section 3.5.7).

<8cal>

View and adjust RPM3 utility sensor, Q-RPT and barometer calibration coefficients (seeSections 3.5.8 and 5.2).

<9log>

View the PPCH-G incident log (see Section 3.5.9).

3.5.1<1A UTO Z>

 PURPOSE
To offset the PPCH-G system Q-RPTs relative to a reference value in order to compensate
for possible changes in Q-RPT zero between full recalibrations.
 PRINCIPLE
AutoZ Purpose and Principle
The main component of the change over time of the PPCH-G Q-RPTs is change in zero oroffset, independent of span. Offsetting or “rezeroing” PPCH-G Q-RPTs relative to areference between recalibrations allows measurement uncertainty specifications to be
maintained with less frequent full calibrations. The PPCH-G AutoZero function (AutoZ)
provides full on-board support for the rezeroing process to simplify its application by the user.
The AutoZero function uses three values:
1. Pstd,0: The pressure value indicated by the AutoZ reference, the device that is acting as
the reference relative to which to offset the Q-RPT.
In absolute measurement mode, the pressure at which AutoZ is performed is normally
atmospheric pressure and the Pstd,0 value can be supplied by manual entry.
In gauge measurement mode, Pstd,0 is always zero (atmospheric pressure) which issupplied by definition when the Q-RPT is vented to atmosphere.
2. Pu,0: The pressure reading of the Q-RPT, with no AutoZ offset, at the time AutoZ is
performed.
3. Poffset,G and Poffset,A: The difference between the reading of the Q-RPT with no AutoZ
offset (Pu,0) and the indication of the AutoZ reference (Pstd,0) for gauge (G) or absolutemeasurement mode (A):
Poffset = Pu,0 - Pstd,0Poffset represents the change in zero of the Q-RPT relative to the AutoZ standard (Pstd,0).
The AutoZ function manages the determination, storage and application of Poffset for
PPCH-G system Q-RPTs in absolute and gauge measurement modes.
When the Q-RPT is calibrated, Poffset is set to zero. Poffset is then redetermined at regularintervals using the AutoZ function. The most recent value of Poffset is applied to the Q-RPT
reading to correct for change in zero over time.
The AutoZ function can be turned ON and OFF. Table 9 summarizes the effect of AutoZ ON
and OFF for PPCH-G Q-RPTs in different measurement modes.
AutoZ in absolute measurement mode
Q-RPTs with the designation Axxx are intrinsically absolute. They have an evacuated andsealed reference. Axxx Q-RPTs can measure absolute pressure (difference from vacuum).
All PPCH-G Q-RPTs are of the Axxx type.
In absolute measurement mode, the source of Pstd,0 must be an absolute pressure, nominally
atmospheric pressure, with uncertainty significantly better than that of the Q-RPT that isbeing AutoZeroed. Given the high range of PPCH-G Q-RPTs, this is easily accomplishedwith a variety of digital barometers, including PPCH-G’s on-board barometer (see Section
3.5.7.2).

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 68

3. OPERATION

When using an Axxx (absolute) Q-RPT in absolute measurement mode, with AutoZ ON,
absolute pressure is calculated as:
Pabs = Pu - Poffset,A
In absolute measurement mode, execution of the AutoZ function to update the AutoZ value(Poffset,A), is initiated by the operator.
AutoZ in gauge measurement mode, dynamic compensation for atmospheric pressure
PPCH-G Q-RPTs are intrinsically absolute but they can also be used in gauge measurementmode (difference from atmosphere) (see Section 3.3.3,  PRINCIPLE).
Gauge
measurement mode is achieved by subtracting the value of atmospheric pressure from the
Q-RPT’s absolute reading using AutoZ and by dynamically compensating for changes inatmospheric pressure between opportunities for AutoZ to execute (see Section 3.2.4).
In gauge measurement mode, the value of Pstd,0 is always zero gauge pressure. Zero gaugepressure, by definition, is applied to the Q-RPT when it is vented to atmosphere. In gaugemeasurement mode, the AutoZ routine is run automatically whenever the PPCH-G is in thevented condition.
This assures regular automated updating of the Poffset,G value
corresponding to atmospheric pressure. Gauge pressure is the measured absolute pressure,Pu, minus Poffset,G.
Pgauge = Pu - Poffset,GWhen AutoZ is ON, dynamic compensation for atmospheric pressure is also applied tocompensate for changes in atmospheric pressure between AutoZ updates (see Section 3.2.4).
The measured gauge pressure is calculated using ΔPatm to correct the value of Poffset.G.
Pgauge = Pu - Poffset.G - ΔPatm
In gauge measurement mode, execution of the AutoZ function to update the value of Patm,0,
occurs automatically whenever PPCH-G is vented. Updating ΔPatm occurs automaticallycontinuously during unvented operation.
Take care to consider fluid heads in gauge mode operation. The fluid head when vented may
be different from the fluid head at other pressures due to the height of the reservoir to which the
Q-RPT is connected when vented (see Section 3.3.7,  PRINCIPLE).
AutoZ ON/OFF
The AutoZ function can be turned ON and OFF, separately for gauge and absolutemeasurement modes. Table 9 summarizes the effect of AutoZ ON and OFF for PPCH-G
Q-RPTs in absolute and gauge measurement modes.
Table 9. AutoZ ON and OFF
MEASUREMENT
MODE

Absolute

AutoZ
STATUS

PoffsetAPPLIED

ON

YES

OFF

NO

ΔPatm
APPLIED

Not Applicable

ON
YES
OFF

When initiatedby operator
Not available

YES

Gauge

AutoZ
ROUTINE
RUNSNO

Automaticallywhen PPCH-G
in VENT
condition

Recommendations for the Use of the AutoZ Function
The AutoZ function provides a powerful and easy to use tool for improving the stability overtime of PPCH-G internal and external Q-RPTs and maximizing the recalibration interval bycompensating for change in zero between full recalibrations. The following simple
recommendations will help assure that you use this feature to best advantage.
Page 69© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

In gauge measurement mode:

Always leave AutoZ ON when operating.

In absolute measurement mode:

Always leave AutoZ ON when operating if the AutoZ
routine has been run regularly using a valid Zoffset
reference.

In absolute measurement mode:

Run AutoZ at least every 30 days or when RPM4 has
been exposed to temperature changes exceeding 15 ºC(36 ºF).

In absolute measurement mode:

Run AutoZ only when a reference whose measurement
uncertainty is known to be significantly better than that of
the Q-RPT to be AutoZeroed is available. Keep range
ratiosinmind
when
comparing
uncertainty.
A ± 0.1 % FS barometer is roughly 100 times better thana ± 0.01 % 100 MPa (15 000 psi) Q-RPT because the QRPT/barometer pressure range ratio is 1000:1.

In absolute measurement mode: Allow the PPCH-G to stabilize at atmospheric pressure
and ambient temperature for 10 to 15 minutes before
running AutoZ. This stabilization period is not necessary
to AutoZ a utility sensor.
In absolute measurement mode: Take care to properly consider fluid heads on the
Q-RPTs and the AutoZ reference.
 OPERATIONThe AutoZ function and values are Q-RPT AND measurement mode (absolute, gauge) specific.

When AutoZ is run for an external Q-RPT in an RPM4, the PPCH-G causes the RPM4 to run
its own AutoZero routine. The RPM4 Q-RPT is then AutoZeroed as if it had been AutoZeroed
independently of the PPCH-G.
To access the PPCH-G AutoZ function menu press [SPECIAL], <1AutoZ>. The display is:1.

Active Q-RPT designator.

2.

Indication of active measurement mode (<abs> for absolute,<gage> for gauge).

3.

Indication of whether AutoZ is currently ON or OFF for thisQ-RPT and measurement mode.

1off 2view
3edit 4run

IH
abs ON

Select <1off> (or <1on>) to change the AutoZ status for the current Q-RPT andmeasurement mode from ON to OFF or vice versa.
AutoZ ON is indicated by a <z> in the MAIN RUN screen, top line, fourth character from theright. When AutoZ is OFF, the character is blank.
Select <2view> to view the current value of Poffset for the active Q-RPT and measurement mode.
Poffset should be zero for Axxx Q-RPTs when the PPCH-G is new or has just been calibrated. Poffset
should be roughly equal to atmospheric pressure for a PPCH-G Q-RPT in gauge mode.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 70

3. OPERATION

Select <3edit> to edit the value of Poffset for the active Q-RPT and measurement mode(see Section 3.5.1.1).
The value of Poffset is always displayed and entered in Pascal (Pa). Normally, in day to day
operation, the value of Poffset is changed by running AutoZ (see Section 3.5.1.2), not direct editing.
Select <4run> to run the AutoZ routine which determines and activates Poffset relative to Pstd,0(see Section 3.5.1.2). <4run> is only applicable to absolute measurement mode. AutoZ is
run automatically without operator intervention in gauge measurement mode whenever
PPCH-G is in the VENT condition (see Section 3.2.4).

3.5.1.1

EDIT AUTOZ

The edit AutoZ function should be used with great caution as entering
inappropriate values and turning ON AutoZ may result in out of tolerance
measurements. In normal day to day operation, the value of the AutoZ offset, Poffset,
should be changed using the run AutoZ function (seen Section 3.5.1.2) in absolutemeasurement mode or automatically in gauge modes. Before editing Poffset, see
Section 3.5.1,  PRINCIPLE.
To edit the current Poffset value for the active Q-RPT and measurement mode,press [SPECIAL], <1AutoZ>, <3edit>. The display is:
1.

<Abs> for absolute, <Gage> for gauge.

2.

Active Q-RPT for which Poffset is being viewed.

3.

Edit field for value of Poffset. Cannot be edited
if utility sensor is active and AutoZ is “bybaro”.

Poffset, Abs
8.4 Pa

IH

Edit Poffset as desired and press [ENT] to activate the new value. Press [ESC] toabandon changes.
The value of Poffset is always displayed and entered in Pascal (Pa).

3.5.1.2

RUN AUTOZ

Run AutoZ applies only to PPCH-G Q-RPTs or utility sensors in absolutemeasurement mode. In gauge measurement modes, AutoZ is run automaticallywhenever the PPCH-G is in the VENT condition.
Run AutoZ is the function by which the current RPT reading is compared to areference, Pstd,0, at atmospheric pressure to determine a new value of Poffset.
The value of Poffset is then used by AutoZ to automatically correct the RPT for
possible change in zero (see Section 3.5.1,  PRINCIPLE).

Page 71© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Allow the PPCH-G Q-RPT to stabilize at atmospheric pressure and ambient
temperature for 10 to 15 minutes before running AutoZ. The stabilization period is
not necessary for a utility sensor.
To access run AutoZ, press [SPECIAL], <1AutoZ>, <4run>.
If the current measurement mode is gauge, a message indicating that AutoZ
cannot be run manually in gauge mode is displayed.
If the current measurement mode is absolute and a Q-RPT is active (not autility sensor), the display is:1.

Real time reading (without head correction),pressure unit of measure and measurementmode of the active Q-RPT.

2.

Active Q-RPT position designator.

3.

Entry field for the value of Pstd,0. in the current
pressure unit of measure.

0.0967 MPa a
Pstd,0:0.00000

HI

Enter the value of the AutoZ reference (Pstd,0) in the same unit of measure as the
top line display and press [ENT]. PPCH-G logs the readings and calculates a
new AutoZ Poffset value. The next display is:
Press [ENT] to activate the new value ofPoffset or [ESC] to start over with entry of a
new AutoZ reference (Pstd,0) value.

Old Poffset: 0.0 Pa
New Poffset: 675 Pa

While the value of Pstd,0 is entered in the current pressure unit of measure, thevalue of Poffset is always in Pascal (Pa). .

If running AutoZ results in a value of Poffset that is greater than ± 0.01 % FS of
the span of the Q-RPT that is being AutoZeroed, the Q-RPT and/or the reference usedas the source of Pstd,0 may be out of tolerance or the AutoZ process may have beenfaulty. Before activating a new Poffset greater than ± 0.01 % FS of the active Q-RPT,
check to be sure that both the Q-RPT and the reference were in good working order,
properly vented to stable atmospheric pressure, with the same fluid heads andreading in the same pressure units when AutoZ was run.

When running AutoZ, if a HEAD correction is currently active (see Section
3.3.7),it is momentarily disabled to avoid “zeroing out” the head value.
If the current measurement mode is absolute and a utility sensor is active(not a Q-RPT), the display is:1.

Active RPT designator.

2.

Current measurement mode (absolute).

3.

Selection of source of Pstd,0 reference to whichto AutoZ.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 72

AutoZ Hi abs by:
1baro 2entry

3. OPERATION

The default selection is <1baro>. With this selection, when AutoZ is ON, the
PPCH-G on-board barometer (see Section 3.5.7.2) is used as the AutoZ
reference (Pstd,0) and AutoZ runs automatically whenever PPCH-G is vented.
The AutoZ function should be ON with <1baro> selected unless there is amalfunction of the on-board barometer.
Select <2entry> to run AutoZ manually by entering the value of AutoZ reference(Pstd,0) as described in “If the current measurement mode is absolute and a
Q-RPT is active” above.

3.5.2<2REMOTE> PURPOSE
To configure the PPCH-G COM1, COM2 and IEEE-488 (GPIB) communication ports. To test
COM1 and COM2 communications. To select remote programming communications format.
 PRINCIPLE
The PPCH-G has two RS-232 communications ports referred to as COM1 and COM2 and asingle IEEE-488 (GPIB) port. COM1 or the IEEE-488 port is for communicating with a hostcomputer (see Section 1), and COM2 is reserved for communicating with an external device(i.e. an RPM4, a multimeter, etc.). These ports’ settings can be viewed and changed using[SPECIAL], <2remote>.
PPCH-G has two remote communications formats, classic and enhanced. Which of these isactive can be selected.
A self test is supplied for RS-232 communications. The self test allows verification that the
PPCH-G RS232 ports (COM1 and COM2) are operating properly and that a valid interface
cable is being used.
 OPERATION
To access the communications settings, press [SPECIAL], <2Remote>.
Choice include:<1COM1>

To view and edit COM1 settings (see Section 3.5.2.1).

<2COM2>

To view and edit COM2 settings (see Section 3.5.2.1.).

<3IEEE>To view and edit IEEE-488 settings (see Section 3.5.2.2).

<4format>To select remote programming command format (see Section 3.5.2.3).

<5RS232test>

To run the COM1 and COM2 communications test (see Section 3.5.2.4).

3.5.2.1<1COM1, 2COM2>

The COMx ports can be set for specific communications settings. The settings
are baud rate, parity, data bits and stop bits. The available options are:Baud

300, 600, 1 200, 2 400, 4 800, 9 600, 19 200, 28 800, 38 400

ParityNONE, ODD or EVEN

Length7 or 8Stop Bit

1 or 2The default is <2 400, E, 7,1> for both COM1 and COM2.
The user can also specify one or two termination characters as well as define
these characters. These are referred to as “Term1” and “Term2”. These define
the characters that mark the end of commands that are sent to the PPCH-G. The
PPCH-G looks for an ASCII(13) (carriage return) to terminate a received

Page 73© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

command but responds with both and ASCII(13) (carriage return) and an
ASCII(10) (line feed). There are no other options.

3.5.2.2<3IEEE-488>

The IEEE-488 port’s primary address can be set from 1 to 31 in this screen.
The factory default value is 10. Secondary addressing is not used or supported.
This address must not conflict with the address of any other device on the sameIEEE-488 bus.
The receiving terminating character must be a line feed and EOI. Carriage returns
are ignored if received. The PPCH-G sends a line feed and asserts the EOI line
to terminate a reply. These settings are fixed to agree with IEEE Std. 488.2. If
you change the address, the IEEE interface will reset (PON) and become idle.

3.5.2.3<4FORMAT>

The PPCH-G has two different syntax formats available for the remote programcommands. The classic format is compatible with previous PPC products and is
the default format. The enhanced format follows the syntax, format, and status
reporting features of IEEE Std 488.2. The details of each are covered in
Section 4.3.
[SPECIAL], <2remote>, <4format> allows the remote program command
syntax to be selected. The cursor is on the active format. Select <1classic> toactivate the classic command format or <2enhanced> for the enhanced format.
Selecting a format resets the IEEE-488 interface and puts it into an idle state.

3.5.2.4<5RS232 SELF-TEST>The RS232 self-test is provided to check the PPCH-G COM ports and theinterface cable independently of an external device or computer.
If you are having difficulty communicating with PPCH-G from a hostcomputer using RS232, the RS232 self test can help establish that the PPCH-G
COM1 port you are trying to communicate with and the interface cable you areusing are good.
To run a self test of the RS232 ports (COM1 and COM2), press [SPECIAL],<2remote>, <5RS232test>.
The display prompts you to connect COM1 to COM2 using a standard pin-to-pin
DB-9F to DB-9M RS232 cable (see Section 4.2.1.1).
Once the cable has been installed, press [ENT] to run the self-test. The test is first
executed in the COM1→COM2 direction and then in the COM2→COM1 direction.
If the COM1→COM2 test passes:<PASSED> displays briefly and the test
proceeds to COM2→COM1.

If COM2→COM1 passes:<PASSED> is displayed briefly followedby the conclusion, <The RS232 test
has PASSED>.

If a test fails:

Execution is suspended until [ENT] ispressed.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 74

3. OPERATIONThe PPCH-G RS232 test can fail for three reasons:
1.

The RS232 cable being used is incorrect (see Section 4.2.1.1 for
information on the correct cable).
2. COM1 and COM2 do NOT have the same serial communications settings
and therefore cannot communicate together (see Section 3.5.2.1 to set
the COM ports).
3. COM1 or COM2 is defective.
The reason for failed communications is almost always a cable or incorrect RS232
interface settings. Be sure that these are correct before concluding that a COM
port is defective.

3.5.3<3HEAD> PURPOSE
To view or change the properties of the HEAD function (see Section 3.3.7) including the unitof measure of length for head height entry and the test fluid type and species for density
calculations.
 OPERATION
From the MAIN RUN screen, pressure [SPECIAL], <3Head>.
Select the desired height unit of measure and press [ENT].
Select <1gas> or <2liqud> depending on the pressurized medium between the PPCH-G and
the height at which pressure is to be calculated. Select the gas or liquid species. The liquid
selection <3User>, is to create a custom liquid with a user entered density.
Use [HEAD] to set a fluid head height if desired (see Section 3.3.7).

3.5.4<4RESET> PURPOSE
To reset various PPCH-G settings to default or factory values.
 PRINCIPLE
PPCH-G stores its user definable settings in non-volatile memory. The reset menu allows
the user to selectively or completely reset these settings to factory defaults. This clears out
any settings that the user has made, and should be used only to restore the PPCH-G to a
known state. PPCH-G goes through its power up sequence after any type of reset is
executed.
PPCH-G reset functions will change current settings to factory defaults. These may
include settings vital to PPCH-G operation and affecting the calibration of the quartz reference
pressure transducers (Q-RPTs). Reset functions should only be used by qualified personnel withknowledge of reset consequences. Reset functions should not be used experimentally.

Page 75© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL OPERATION
To access the RESET menu, press [SPECIAL],<4reset>. The display is:

1sets 2units 3ATest
4cal 5all

RESET menu choices include:<1set>

to reset general system operating parameters (see Section 3.5.4.1).

<2units>

to reset unit of measure functions (see Section 3.5.4.2).

<3ATest> to reset AutoTest parameters and clear the AutoTest data log (see Section 3.5.4.3).
<4cal>

to reset internal calibration coefficients and modes (see Section 3.5.4.4).

<5all>

to reset all settings except ID and security password to factory default values(see Section 3.5.4.5).

3.5.4.1
<1SETS>PURPOSE

Sets most general operating parameters back to default values. Does not affectcalibration coefficients, remote interfaces or AutoRange ranges. The Reset – Sets
resets are itemized in Table 10.
Table 10. Reset – SetsRESET

SEE SECTION[UNIT]

Returns pressure unit of measure to first of six available.

3.3.2[MODE]

Returns measurement mode to absolute unless absolutemode is off.

3.3.3

[RANGE]

Hi Q-RPT or utility sensor default range.

3.3.1[HEAD]

0 cm height and Nitrogen medium.

3.3.7

ControlMode

Dynamic, standard

3.4.6

Control
LimitsDefault values of Hi RPT default range.

3.4.6.1

Upper Limit

Default value of Hi RPT default range.

3.4.4

Resolution

0.001% FS of Hi RPT default range.

3.4.2

AutoZ

AutoZ ON. Zoffset value not affected.

3.5.1

Leak Check

15 second run time

3.3.9

ScreenSaver

10 minutes to activation.

3.5.5.1

Key Sounds

Medium

3.5.5.2

TPC Config

Return to factory control coefficients

3.5.7.1

3.5.4.2


RESULT<2UNITS>PURPOSE

Sets the six pressure units available under the UNIT function to the SI or US
default selections depending on whether the PPCH-G has been factory set for SI or
US (see Section 3.3.2).
Sets the user defined unit to 1.000/Pa (see Section 3.5.6).

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 76

3. OPERATION

3.5.4.3<3AT EST >

PURPOSE•

Resets Quick Test and Q-DUT Tests to default (see Section 3.3.6).

•

Clears AutoTest data log (see Section 3.4.5).

3.5.4.4<4CAL>PURPOSEThe Reset - Cal function will reset Q-RPT, utility sensor and barometer
calibration coefficients and settings and reset AutoZ values to zero. This will change
the PPCH-G calibration and could cause it to make out of tolerance measurements.
Clears all user values affecting the calibration of Q-RPTs, utility sensor and theon-board barometer. Does not clear factory coefficients. The Reset – Cal resets
are itemized in Table 11.
Table 11. Reset – CalRESETRESULT

SEE SECTION

All Q-RPT user calibration
coefficients

PA to zero, PM to 1.

Q-RPT absolute mode

ON.

5.2.5

Utility Sensor calibration
coefficients

PA to zero, PM to 1.

5.4

On-board barometer
calibration coefficients

PA to zero, PM to 1.

5.3

Calibration date

Set all dates to 19800101.

AutoZ values

All Poffset values to zero for absolute mode and101325 Pa for gauge modes.

3.5.1

AutoZ function

ON, all Q-RPTs, all measurement modes.

3.5.1

3.5.4.5

5.2.1.1, 5.2.7

5.2.7, 5.4, 5.3<5ALL>PURPOSEThe reset - all function clears and deletes large amounts of user defined
information including critical calibration data.
Combines all resets in one global reset command that clears the entire user
section of non-volatile memory returning PPCH-G to the “as delivered” condition
except the ID function (see Section 3.5.5.4) and the security level password (seeSection 3.5.5.5). The Reset – All resets are itemized in Table 12.

Page 77© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Table 12. Reset – All
RESET

3.5.5

RESULT

SEE SECTION

Reset – Sets

All the resets of Reset – Sets

3.5.4.1

Reset – Units

All the resets of Reset – Units

3.5.4.2

Reset – Atest

All the resets of Reset – Atest

3.5.4.3

Reset – Cal

All the resets of Reset – Cal

3.5.4.4

Remote Interfaces

COM1, COM2 and IEEE-R88 interfaces todefault settings.

3.5.2

Remote Communications

Remote command format to Classic.

3.5.2.3

Level (Security)Low.

3.5.5.5

Valve Config

Return factory valve opening points to factory
values.

3.5.7.1<5PREF>

 PURPOSE
To access a menu of PPCH-G operational preferences and functions.
 OPERATION
To access the PREF menu press [SPECIAL],<5pref>. The display is:

1ScrSvr 2sound 3time
4ID 5level

The PREF menu includes:<1ScrSvr>

View and change the screen saver activation time (see Section 3.5.5.1).

<2sound>View and change the keypress sounds (see Section 3.5.5.2).

<3time>View and edit the internal time and date settings (see Section 3.5.5.3).

<4ID>

View the RPM3 serial number (SN) and view or edit the ID number (seeSection 3.5.5.4).

<5level>View and set user security level and password (see Section 3.5.5.5).

3.5.5.1
<1S CR S VR >PURPOSETo adjust the idle time after which PPCH-G’s SCREEN SAVER activates.


PRINCIPLE

PPCH-G has a SCREEN SAVER function which causes the display to dim after
a front panel key is NOT pressed for a certain amount of time. The default screen
saver time activates the screen saver after 10 minutes. The screen saver activation
time can be adjusted by the user or screen saving can be completely eliminated.
Setting screen saver time to zero eliminates the SCREEN SAVER function sothat the display permanently remains at full brightness.


OPERATION

To access the SCREEN SAVER function, press [SPECIAL], <5pref>,<1ScrSav>. Edit, in minutes, the idle time after which screen saver will activate
to dim the screen. Set the time to zero to eliminate the SCREEN SAVER function.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 78

3. OPERATION

3.5.5.2
<2SOUND>PURPOSETo adjust or suppress the PPCH-G valid key press sound.


PRINCIPLE

PPCH-G provides audible feedback by a brief “beep” when a valid key press ismade. The tone frequency of this beep may be selected from three choices or it
may be completely suppressed. Invalid key presses are indicated by adescending two tone “blurp” which cannot be suppressed.


OPERATION

To access the keypad sound adjustment function press [SPECIAL], <5pref>, <2sound>.
Select between <2lo>, <3mid> or <4hi> to adjust the valid key press tone frequency.
Select <1none> to suppress the valid key press tone.
The sound function only affects the valid key press tone. The invalid key press
and other tones cannot be suppressed. See Section 3.1.5 for a complete listing of
PPCH-G sounds.

3.5.5.3
<3TIME>PURPOSETo view and edit the PPCH-G internal time and date settings.


OPERATION

To
accessthe
TIME
functionpress [SPECIAL], <5pref>, <3time>.
The display is:

Edit: 1time 2date
08:32:11 am 20020925

Select <1time> to edit the time. Edit hours, then minutes, then am/pm bypressing [ENT] after each entry. Seconds go to zero when minutes are entered.
This can be used to synchronize the time with a time standard.
Select <2date> to edit the date. The date must be specified in YYYYMMDD format.
The PPCH-G date and time are set to United States Mountain Standard Timein the final test and inspection process at the factory. If desired, use the TIME andDATE functions to set your local time and date.

3.5.5.4<4ID>

PURPOSETo view or edit the PPCH-G user ID and to view the PPCH-G serial number.


OPERATION

To access the ID function press [SPECIAL] and select <5pref>, <2ID>.
Select <1view> to view the current ID.
Select <2edit> to edit the ID.
The ID has twelve characters. When the edit screen is opened, the cursor is on
the first character. Numerical values can be entered directly from the keypad.

Page 79© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

In addition, the cursor control keys can be used to toggle through a list ofavailable alpha numeric characters. Holding the key slews through thecharacters. Character order going up is: blank space, symbols, lower caseletters, upper case letters, numbers. After selecting a character, press [ENT] toactivate it and move to the next character field.
When a character is selected the cursor moves to the next character. To leave a
blank character, press [ENT] with the field for that character blank. Use this forthe trailing characters if the ID being entered is less than twelve characters.
After the last of the twelve characters has been entered, the <Save ID?> option is offered.
Select <1no> to return to the ID edit screen. Select <2yes> to save the edited ID.
The ID can be set remotely from a computer which is quite a bit more convenient
than entering characters from the keyboard (see Section 4.4, ID command). The ID is
not cleared or reset by any RESET function (see Section 3.5.4).

3.5.5.5
<5LEVEL> (SECURITY)PURPOSETo set user protection levels to restrict access to certain functions and to edit the
password required for changing user levels.


PRINCIPLE

PPCH-G’s front panel user interface provides the means to access all PPCH-G
user defined data, settings and functions including calibration data. Inadvertent,
uninformed or unauthorized altering or deleting of data, settings and functions
could require extensive reconfiguration by the user and might cause invalid
readings and behavior. For these reasons, depending upon the application inwhich PPCH-G is being used, it may be desirable to restrict access to certain
functions for certain users. The user level function provides a means of restricting
access to certain functions. Four different levels of security are available.
Access to changing security levels can be left open, or be protected by a password.
Security Levels
The security levels are structured to support typical operating environments
as follows:
None

This level is intended for use only by the system manager and/or
calibration facility. It allows access and editing in all areas including
critical metrological information.

Low

Low security is designed to protect the specific metrologicalinformation and SYSTEM DIAGNOSTIC AND MAINTENANCE
functions of the system against accidental alteration. It is intended foran advanced operator performing many different tasks. Low security
is the default user level setting.

MediumMedium security is designed to protect specific metrologicalinformation in the system and to assure that the PPCH-G is operatedusing consistent operational parameters.

High

High security is designed to protect all operating parameters. It is
intended to minimize operator choices, for example to perform
repeated identical calibrations under consistent conditions.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 80

3. OPERATION

PPCH-G is delivered with the security level set at low to avoid inadvertent
altering of critical internal settings but with access to changing security levels
unrestricted. It is recommended that the low security level be maintained at all
times. If there is a risk of unauthorized changing of the security level, changing
authority should be password protected (see  OPERATION of this section).
The security levels are structured to support typical levels of operation as shownin Table 13. Specifically, the security levels prevent execution of the functions
accessed by the key strokes marked by “•”:
Table 13. Security levels
FUNCTIONLOWMEDIUM[RANGE][UNIT][MODE]••[AutoRange][RPT][AutoTest], <2QDUT>[AutoTest], <1Quick>, <Run current Quick ATest: 2no>
[HEAD][PRIME][LEAK CK][SETUP]•••••[SETUP], <1range>[SETUP], <2res>[SETUP], <4UL>[SETUP], <6control>[SETUP], <7drv>[SPECIAL][SPECIAL], <1AutoZ>[SPECIAL], <1AutoZ>, <1on/1off>[SPECIAL], <1AutoZ>, <3edit>

•
•

•
•
•

[SPECIAL], <2remote>

•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•

•

[SPECIAL], <2remote>, make changes[SPECIAL], <3head>[SPECIAL], <4reset>[SPECIAL], <4reset>, <4cal>[SPECIAL], <4reset>, <5all>••[SPECIAL], <5pref>, <1ScrSvr>[SPECIAL], <5pref>, <2sound>[SPECIAL], <5pref>, <3time>[SPECIAL], <5pref>, <3time>, make changes
SPECIAL], <5pref>, <4ID>, <2edit>••[SPECIAL], <6Punit>[SPECIAL], <7internal>[SPECIAL], <7internal>, <1config>[SPECIAL], <8cal>[SPECIAL], <8cal>, <2edit> under any selection[SPECIAL], <9log>, view[SPECIAL], <9log>, clear log
Remote communications disabled

HIGH

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

“•” indicates the function/menu is NOT accessible.

Page 81© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALOPERATION

PPCH-G is delivered with no active password and access to the User Level menu is
open. The user level is set to <1Low>. User levels can be changed freely until apassword has been created.
To
accessthe
LEVEL
functionpress [SPECIAL], <5pref>, <5level>.
The display is:

1change user level2edit password

Selecting <1change user level> brings
up the restriction menu:

Restrictions: 1none
2low 3medium 4high

The cursor is on the current restriction level.
or [ESC] back to the MAIN RUN screen.
If no password is active, selecting<2edit password> displays the user
password and allows it to be edited.

Select a different level or

Password: pppppp
0 disables password

Once a password has been entered, the user level cannot be changed without
reentering the password.
Passwords can be up to six numbers in length and cannot start with a zero.
If <0> is entered, the password is made inactive and the user will not be required
to enter a password to access the user level menu. This condition, with asecurity level of <2low>, is the factory default.
If there is an active password, the
PPCH-G password entry screen appears.
The user must enter the user definedpassword or the factory secondary
password to proceed further:

PPCH-G SNnnnn-xx
Password: pppppp

The first field, <nnnn>, is the serial number of the PPCH-G, followed by asecond field, <xx>, that represents the number of times that a secondary
password has been used. The second field, <xx>, increments each time asecondary password is used. The third field, <pppppp> is for user entry of thenormal password.
The factory secondary password is available in case the user’s password has
been misplaced or forgotten. It can be obtained by contacting a DHI Authorized
Service Center (see Table 28). The factory secondary password is different for all
PPCH-G’s and changes each time it is used.

3.5.6<6PUNIT> PURPOSE
To customize the selection of pressure units of measure that are available in the [UNIT] keymenu.
 PRINCIPLE
The [UNIT] function key makes available a choice of six default pressure units (US or SI units
depending on whether the PPCH-G has been factory set as US or SI) (see Section 3.3.2).
PPCH-G also supports many commonly used units other than those included in the default set© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 82

3. OPERATION

up. These units can be made available for active selection by customizing the UNIT function
using [SPECIAL], <6PresU>. This allows PPCH-G to offer a very wide selection of units
while simplifying day to day operation. The typical user customizes the [UNIT] function key
to support his/her six most commonly used units.
 OPERATION
To customize the [UNIT] function key, from the MAIN RUN screen press [SPECIAL],<6PresU>. The display is:1.

Entry field to specify which unit position (1 – 6) of the [UNIT]
function key menu is to be changed.

Enter the number of the unit position that you would
like to change. The display becomes:

Set up unit #6

Unit#61SI 2other 3user

Select the desired pressure unit category (SI units include units based on SI such as mmHg),
then select the desired unit from the unit menu.
The units of measure available are listed in Table 14.
Table 14. UNIT function - available units of measure<1SI><2OTHER><1Pa><2hPa><3kPa><4MPa><5mbar><6bar><7mmHg><8mmWa><1psi><2psf><3inHg><4inWa><5kcm2><6Torr><7mTor><3USER>If <3user> is selected, the user unit must be defined. The display is:1.

Define user unit:
1.000000 unit/Pa

Entry field.

Enter the number of user units per Pascal (Pa) in the entry field. Pressing [ENT] defines theuser unit and returns to the <Set up unit #n> screen.
The user defined unit label can be customized to any alphanumeric, four character label
using the remote command “UDU” (see Section 4.4).

See Section 7.2.1 for the pressure unit conversion factors used by PPCH-G.

Page 83© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

3.5.7<7INTERNAL> PURPOSE
To view, set, adjust, and maintain various aspects of PPCH-G’s internal operation.
 OPERATION
1config 2baro

To access the internal selections press [SPECIAL],<7internal>. The display is:
The INTERNAL menu choices include:<1config>

Run automated routines that readjusts PPCH-G internal pressure control
coefficients (see Section 3.5.7.1).

<2baro>View the real
Section 3.5.7.2).

<3supply>

View the pressure measured by the high pressure supply transducer. (seeSection 3.5.7.3).

3.5.7.1
time

outputoftheon-board

barometer(see<1CONFIG>PURPOSETo run automated routines that determine control valve opening coefficients andthermal pressure control (TPC) control coefficients.


PRINCIPLE AND OPERATION

These functions are considered part of PPCH-G maintenance and are therefore
covered in the maintenance section of this manual (see Sections 5.5, 5.6).

3.5.7.2
<2BARO>PURPOSETo view the value of atmospheric pressure as measured by the PPCH-G onboard barometer.


PRINCIPLE

PPCH-G is equipped with an on-board barometer. The atmospheric pressure
measurements made by the on-board barometer are used for dynamic
compensation of atmospheric pressure when using an Axxx Q-RPT to make gaugepressure measurements (see Sections 3.3.3,  PRINCIPLE, and 3.2.4). The
barometer, if calibrated, may also be used as a reference for AutoZ of Q-RPTs inabsolute measurement mode (see Section 3.5.1).
The on-board barometer is a low accuracy sensor used only for measuring
small changes in atmospheric pressure over short periods of time(see Section 3.2.4) PPCH-G measurement uncertainty does not depend on themeasurement uncertainty of the on-board barometer unless the barometer is used
as a reference for AutoZ of Q-RPTs in absolute measurement mode.


OPERATION

To view the current reading of the on-board barometer press [SPECIAL],<7internal>, <2baro>. The display is in the active pressure unit of measure(see Section 3.3.2).

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 84

3. OPERATION

3.5.7.3
<3SUPPLY>PURPOSETo view the pressure measured by the high pressure supply transducer.


PRINCIPLE

PPCH-G is equipped with a pressure transducer to measure the pressure
supplied through the PPCH-G SUPPLY port. The pressure value is used by
PPCH-G in its pressure control logic. Note that there is a supply isolation valve
between the SUPPLY port and the PPCH-G inlet control valve so unless the
PPCH-G is powered on and the drive air supply is adequate to opend the supply
isolation valve, the pressure measured by the high pressure supply transducer
does not reach the rest of the PPCH-G system (see Section 3.2.1 for a PPCH-G
internal schematic and explanation of operation).


OPERATION

To view the pressure measured by the high pressure supply transducer, press[SPECIAL], <7internal>, <3supply>. The supply pressure is displayed in theactive unit of measure. To change the unit, return to the main run screen anduse [UNIT] (see Section 3.3.2).

3.5.8<8CAL>

 PURPOSE
To calibrate the PPCH-G utility sensor, Hi and/or Lo Q-RPTs and adjust the on-board
barometer. This function is considered part of PPCH-G maintenance and is therefore
covered in the maintenance section of this manual (see Sections 5.2, 5.3, 5.4).
 PRINCIPLE AND OPERATIONThis function is considered part of PPCH-G maintenance and is therefore covered in themaintenance section of this manual (see Sections 5.2, 5.3, 5.4).

3.5.9<9LOG>

 PURPOSE
To view and/or clear the PPCH-G event log.
 PRINCIPLE
PPCH-G records to a log each time one of the following events occurs:•

Pmax! of an internal PPCH-G Q-RPT or utility sensor is exceeded (see Section 3.4.4.1).

•

A memory fault occurs.

Over pressure events on external Q-RPTs are not logged on the PPCH-G. They are logged in
the RPM4’s log (see the RPM4 Operation and Maintenance Manual).
 OPERATION
To view the event log press [SPECIAL], <9Log>. The oldest logged event appears.
Pressing [ENT] steps through the logged events from the oldest to the most recent andending with the option to clear the log, <1no>, <2yes>.
When all events have been viewed, <End of log> displays.

Page 85© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALNO T E S© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 86

4. REMOTE OPERATION

4.

REMOTE OPERATION

4.1

OVERVIEW

Most of the PPCH-G front panel functions can also be executed by commands from a remote computer.
The host computer can communicate to the PPCH-G using the PPCH-G COM1 RS232 port or theIEEE-488 port.
Before writing test code, which makes use of PPCH-G remote commands, familiarize yourself with its
operating principles by reading Section 3 of this manual.

4.2

INTERFACING

Sending a program message to the PPCH-G places it into remote mode. The remote indicator to theright of the display window lights when the PPCH-G is in remote mode. It will also flicker when aprogram message is received. The menus usually accessed from the front panel are locked out while inremote. The [ESC] key returns the PPCH-G to local operation unless the <REMOTE> program
message, which locks out all keypad operation, was sent to the unit. Going from remote to local or fromlocal to remote aborts any active generation.

4.2.1

RS232 INTERFACE
4.2.1.1

COM1

The PPCH-G COM1 RS232 interface is located on the back of the unit. It is a 9pin male DB-9F connector configured as a DCE device. Data is transmitted outof the unit using pin 2, and is received on pin 3. This allows a normal pin-to-pin
DB-9M to DB-9F RS232 cable to be used to connect to a DTE host.
Handshaking is not required or supported. The COM1 receive buffer is
80 bytes deep. If you overflow the buffer by sending too much data, the data will
be lost. Because of this, you must send a single program message at a timeand you must wait for the PPCH-G to reply from the previous command before
issuing another command.
Table 15. COM1 pin designations and connections
PPCH-G COM1 DB-9F PIN DESIGNATIONSPIN #FUNCTIONDESCRIPTION

2TxDThis pin transmits serial data from the PPCH-G to the host.

3

RxD

This pin accepts serial data from the host computer.

5

Grn

This pin is the common return for the TxD and RxD signals.

IBM PC/XT DB-9F
CONNECTIONS
DB-25M

IBM PC/XT DB-9M TO PPCH-G DB9F
CONNECTION

DB-9F

DB-9M

DB-9F

2

3

3

3

3

2

2

2

7

5

5

5

Page 87© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

4.2.1.2

IEEE-488

The PPCH-G IEEE-488 interface is located on the back of the unit. The physicaland electrical interface conforms to IEEE Std 488.1-1987 Subset E2 and IEEE
Std. 488.2-1992. You should not attempt to communicate with the IEEE-488
interface while using the COM1 interface. The IEEE-488 receive buffer is
250 bytes deep. If you attempt to overflow the buffer, the PPCH-G will hold off
release of the NRFD handshake line until it can service and empty the receive
buffer. This keeps the buffer from overflowing. It is recommended that you use
the query form for all remote commands and wait for a reply to each command toensue proper operation and order of command execution. If you choose not to
use the query form for each command, it is recommended that you periodicallycheck the error queue for command errors.

4.2.1.3

COM2

The PPCH-G COM2 RS232 interface is located on the back of the unit. Its mostcommon use is to connect to DHI RPM4 reference pressure monitors to PPCH-G
to add external measurement devices to the PPCH-G system (see Section 3.2.5)
COM2 can be used to allow the host computer to communicate with anotherdevice through the PPCH-G. This allows the user to use one host COM port tocommunicate with the PPCH-G and an additional RS232 device. Refer to the “#”
and “PASSTHRU” remote program commands for details.
COM2 is a 9-pin female DB-9F connector configured as a DTE device. Data istransmitted out of the unit using pin 3, and is received on pin 2. This allows a normal
pin-to-pin DB-9M to DB-9F RS232 cable to be used to connect to a DCE device.
Handshaking is not required or supported.
Table 16. COM2 DB-9F pin designations

4.3

PIN #

FUNCTIONDESCRIPTION

2RxD

This pin transmits serial data from the PPCH-G to a device.

3

TxD

This pin accepts serial data from the external device.

4

DTR

This pin is Data Terminal Ready (DTR) (held at + 5 V).

5Grn

This pin is the common return for the TxD and RxD signals.

PROGRAMMING FORMATS

PPCH-G supports two program message formats, the “classic” and “enhanced” formats. The user mustselect which format to use. Selection can be accomplished from the front panel (see Section 3.5.2.3) orremotely using the “MSGFMT” program message (see Section 4.4.4).
The main difference between the two formats is that when using the IEEE-488 interface, a “?” must be
included in an enhanced command for there to be a response from the PPCH-G. In all other cases(classic or enhanced), every command has a response. In addition, the enhanced message format
supports IEEE Std 488.2 syntax, format and status reporting.
The default is the classic format to allow downward compatibility with existing host software. Classic
mode is strongly suggested if the Std. 488.2 status system is not used.
In either format, it is recommended that you start out a command sequence with the “*CLS” command,
which clears all of the communication and error queues. The basic commands are similar for both theclassic and enhanced formats, but the usage, syntax, format and status reporting are different.
The PPCH-G program message set is compatible with the PPC3 program message set. Some PPC3
commands are not fully supported due to functional differences between PPCH-G and the PPC3 and PPCH-G
includes some commands specific to PPCH-G hardware that PPC3 does not support.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 88

4. REMOTE OPERATION

4.3.1

CLASSIC PROGRAM MESSAGE FORMATThe classic program message format is compatible with the PPC3 program message set.
However, several PPC3 functions are not supported by PPCH-G and neither are theircorresponding commands (these include “AUTOVAC”, “AUTOPURGE”, “CONFIG”, “NVENT”, “VAC”,“TOUT”, and “VALVE”). The classic format is recommended if you need downward compatibility
with older DHI controllers or if you are not going to use the IEEE 488.2 status system.
Each program message sent is also a query. You can only send one program message to the
PPCH-G at time. After sending any program message, you must wait for the PPCH-G toreply before sending another program message. This reply will contain data, or a numericerror message if the program message was invalid. You must wait for this reply before
issuing another program message to the PPCH-G. This insures that the PPCH-G has
completed the program message. Most remote program messages will return a reply within
500 ms except:“PR”, “PRR”, “SR”, “ATM”, “RATE”: 2 seconds to allow a new measurement.
“RPT”, “ARANGE”: Up to 10 seconds
The syntax and format used for each program message in the classic mode is listed next to
the keyword ‘Classic:’ in each program message summary in Section 4.4.4.

4.3.2

ENHANCED PROGRAM MESSAGE FORMATThe enhanced program message format uses the IEEE Std. 488.2 format, syntax and status
reporting. Errors are reported using the IEEE Std. 488.2 status reporting model. If an error isreported, the error is put into an Error Queue and the “ERR?” query program message canbe used to get a text description of the most recent error. If you are using the IEEE-488 port,
the service request line can be setup to be asserted if this occurs (see Section 4.5.2). In theenhanced format, there are two possible program message types for every program
message. Each of these two types starts with the same basic text referred to as the program
message header. The two types are COMMAND type and QUERY type commands.

4.3.2.1

USING COMMAND TYPE COMMANDS

Enhanced format commands DO NOT reply when using the IEEE-488 interface
unless a “?” is included in the command. Do not expect a response from PPCH-G to nonquery (no “?”) commands, as there is none. Remote software will time-out waiting for a
response from PPCH-G. However, in RS232 communications, there is always a response
and the response MUST be read prior to issuing another command.
The COMMAND type of program message executes a process and can
additionally send data to the PPCH-G in the form of comma delimited arguments.
This data is usually a setting of some sort that is stored in the PPCH-G. If data is
specified, it must be preceded by at least one white space from the program
message header and be within the range and format described in the program
message description. The keyword “Command:” appears to the left of therequired syntax in each program message description in Section 4.4.4.
If you are using the IEEE-488 port, the Command type does not generate a reply
unless you place a query operator “?” immediately after the command. You also
may send multiple program messages at once by separating each program
message with a semicolon. The commands are queued and executed in as

Page 89© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

received order after the entire message stream has been received, so care in
determining order of execution is needed.
If you are using the RS232 port COM1, the Command type will always generate
a reply so you must wait for a reply before issuing another program message.
Because of this, you can only send one Command program message at a time
while using the COM1 port.
Examples:•IEEE-488 enhanced mode command series using query operator:“*CLS?”“UNIT? KPA”
“MMODE? A”“PS? 100”•

IEEE-488 enhanced mode commands without query operator:“*CLS”“UNIT KPA”
“MMODE A”“PS 100”“ERR?”•(Clear the error queue. Wait for reply)(Generates a reply. User must wait for reply before continuing)(Generates a reply. User must wait for reply before continuing)(Generates a reply. User must wait for reply before continuing)(Clear the error queue. No reply)(No reply)(No reply)(No reply)(Wait for reply. User should use “ERR?” query following a seriesof non-query commands to check for errors that may haveoccurred)IEEE-488 enhanced mode multiple commands without query operator:“*CLS”(Clear the error queue. No reply)“UNIT KPA;MMODE A;PS 100” (Three commands at once. No reply)“ERR?”(Wait for reply. User should use “ERR?”
query following a series of non-querycommands to check for errors that may
have occurred)•

COM1 enhanced mode command:“*CLS” or “*CLS?”“UNIT KPA” or “UNIT? KPA”
“MMODE A” or “MMODE? A”“PS 100” or “PS? 100”

4.3.2.2(Clear the error queue. Wait for reply)(Generates a reply. User must wait for
reply before continuing)(Generates a reply. User must wait for
reply before continuing)(Generates a reply. User must wait for
reply before continuing)

USING QUERY TYPE COMMANDSThe QUERY type of program message just requests data from the PPCH-G.
Placing the query operator “?” immediately after the command creates a query.
You must wait for a reply with a query. If you send any type of program message to
the PPCH-G after a query before receiving a reply, the program message will bediscarded and an error will be generated. Errors are reporting using the IEEE
Std. 488.2 status reporting model. A Query program message always ends witha question mark. Most queries will return a reply within 200 ms except:“PR?”, “PRR?”, “SR?”, “ATM?”, “RATE?”: Up to 2 seconds.
“RPT”, “ARANGE”: Up to 10 seconds
The syntax for using a QUERY program message is listed next to the keyword“Query:” in each program message summary in Section 4.4.4.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 90

4. REMOTE OPERATION

4.4

COMMANDS
4.4.1

PROGRAMMING MESSAGES
Table 17. Program Message List#
ABORT
ARANGEATM
AUTOZERO
COM1
COM2
DATE
DF
DP
DRV
DS
ERR
GPIB
HEAD
HS
HS%
ID
IF
IP
IS
L2
L3
LOCAL
MEM
MMODE
MODE
MSGFMTPASSTHRU
PCALx
PCAL:XX
PR
PRR
PS
PSF
PSS
QPRR
RANGE
RATE
READYCKREMOTERES
RESET
RETURNRL%
RPTRSSCRSAV
SN
SR
SS
SS%
STAT
SUPPLYPR
TIME
TP
TPCVOL
UCOEF
UDU
UL
UNIT

Send a command string out of the PPCH-G COM2 port.
Stop pressure generation.
Read or set a new AutoRange to use.
Read the current atmospheric pressure (on-board barometer).
Read or set the status of the AutoZ automatic zeroing function.
Read or set the configuration of the COM1 port.
Read or set the configuration of the COM2 port.
Read or set the current date.
Decrease the pressure quickly (fast).
Decrease the pressure a given amount.
Read or set the status of the external valve drivers.
Decrease pressure slowly.
Read the last error message.
Read or set the GPIB interface address.
Read or set the fluid head settings.
Read or set the current control hold limit in pressure.
Read or set the current control hold limit in percent span of the active range.
Read or set the PPCH-G alphanumeric ID tag.
Increase the pressure quickly (fast).
Slowly increase the pressure a given amount.
Increase the pressure slowly.
Selects “classic” program message format
Selects “enhanced” program message format
Return control to the PPCH-G front panel.
Read the power-up memory test status.
Read or change the active measurement mode.
Read or set the current pressure control mode.
Read or set the type of program message format to use.
Send a command string out of the PPCH-G COM2 port.
Read or set the user Hi or Lo RPT calibration information.
Read or set the user Hi or Lo RPT calibration information (obsolete format).
Read the next PPCH-G pressure.
Read the next PPCH-G pressure, rate, and ATM.
Set a new target pressure and start automated pressure control.
Set a new target pressure and use only the fast speed to reach the target.
Set a new target pressure and use only the slow speed to reach the target.
Read the last PPCH-G pressure, rate and ATM.
Read or set and Q-RPT or utility sensor default range.
Read the next available rate of change of pressure.
Read or set a flag that is cleared by a Not Ready condition.
Enable remote local lockout operation.
Read or set the pressure display resolution for the current transducer and range.
Reset the PPCH-G to the default user parameters.
Start a new automated pressure control set using the current target value.
Read or set the rate mode ready limit required for a Ready condition.
Read the available Q-RPT data or initiate the Q-RPT search process.
Set a new target rate and start automated pressure control.
Read or set the front panel screen saver period.
Read the serial number of the PPCH-G.
Read the next available pressure status (Ready/Not Ready).
Read or set the stability required for a Ready condition.
Read or set the stability required for a Ready condition (% span/ s).
Read the pressure generation status.
Read the high pressure supply pressure.
Read or set the current time of day.
Read the current target pressure.
Read or set the current estimate of test volume.
Convert a pressure in Pascal to pressure in the current units.
Read or set the user defined pressure unit.
Read or set the upper limit for the current range.
Read or set the pressure unit of measure for the current range.
Page 91© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

VENT
VER
ZOFFSETnZOFFSET:XX

4.4.2

Read, execute or abort a vent process.
Read the PPCH-G software version.
Read or set the AutoZ offset for Hi or Lo RPT.
Read or set the AutoZ offset for Hi or Lo RPT (obsolete format)

ERROR MESSAGES
Table 18. Error #s and descriptions
REPLY
ERR# 0
ERR# 2
ERR# 3
ERR# 4
ERR# 5
ERR# 6
ERR# 7
ERR# 8
ERR# 9
ERR# 10
ERR# 11
ERR# 12
ERR# 13
ERR# 14
ERR# 16
ERR# 18
ERR# 19
ERR# 20
ERR# 21
ERR# 22
ERR# 23
ERR# 24
ERR# 25
ERR# 26
ERR# 27
ERR# 28
ERR# 29
ERR# 30
ERR# 31
ERR# 32
ERR# 37
ERR# 38
ERR# 39
ERR# 43
ERR# 45
ERR #46
ERR #52
ERR #53
ERR# 54© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

DESCRIPTION“OK”“Text argument is too long”“Arguments cannot be 0”“External device not detected”“External device improperly configured”“Numeric argument missing or out of range”“Missing or improper command argument(s)”“External device time-out error”“Unknown command”“Missing or invalid command suffix”“Command missing argument”“System overpressured” or “overpressure may result”“Text queue overflow”“User unit not defined”“Generation failure”“Command not yet available”“Not available with absolute units”“Not available with gauge device”“User device not defined”“Pressure is not stable”“Option not available or installed”“Unit must be vented”“Transducer out of calibration”“COM port failed to initialize”“Internal device failure”“Device failure”“Device not available”“Must be on range IH”“Limit(s) Exceeded ”“Not stable enough”“Data table is full”“Selected range is not available”“Data verify error”“Incorrect mode”“Argument not allowed”“Argument cannot be negative”“Command obsolete”“Not Available”“Not ready”

Page 92

4. REMOTE OPERATION

4.4.3

PROGRAM MESSAGE DESCRIPTION OVERVIEW

Each program message description is separated into the following sections:PurposeCommandQuery

Classic

Arguments
Default
Remarks
ExampleErrorsSee Also

A brief description of the programs message’s function.
This is the Enhanced program message syntax to send data to the PPCH-G or to executea PPCH-G function. The PPCH-G must be set to use the enhanced format (see Section
3.5.2.3) to use the syntax and style shown. It may be sent alone, or followed by at least
one white space and additional argument(s) to show that arguments can be passed. If
there are multiple arguments, then commas must separate them. If you are using the IEEE488 port, multiple command type program messages can be sent in one message if you
separate them with a semicolon. There will be no reply from the PPCH-G using the IEEE488 port unless the command is immediately followed by the query operator “?”. If you
are using the COM1 port, the PPC1 will reply and you must wait for this reply. If this field
is not listed in the program message description, then the Command type is not supported
when using the Enhanced format.
This is the Enhanced program message syntax to request data from the PPCH-G. The PPCHG must be set to use the enhanced format (see Section 3.5.2.3). The PPCH-G will always
reply to a query. You must wait for this reply before issuing another program message. If
this field (Query) is not listed in the program message description, then the Query type forthe program message is not supported when using the Enhanced format.
This is the Classic program message syntax to send data to the PPCH-G, to execute a
PPCH-G function, or to query for data. The PPCH-G must be set to use the classic
format (see Section 3.5.2.3). The command may be followed by a ‘(=)’ and additional
argument characters to show that argument(s) can be passed. If there are multiple
arguments, then commas must separate them. The PPCH-G will always reply to a Classic
program message. You must wait for this reply before issuing another program message. If
this field is not listed in the program message description, then it is not supported whenusing the classic format.
If the program message can be used to set data inside the PPCH-G, then this section
describes the arguments and their limits.
If the program message can be used to set data inside the PPCH-G, then this line shows(using the enhanced format) the default setting from the factory.
This field has the details and remarks about the command.
Examples are given for the enhanced and classic methods.
Enhanced:
An example of the use of an enhanced format program message to besent to the PPCH-G is shown. The message sent to the PPCH-G appears
after the “Cmd sent:” label. If only a Query type exists, the “Query
sent:” label is shown instead. Directly under this label, “Query reply”
shows a typical reply to a query type. “Reply:” shows that a query
format does not exist. It may have a short description next to it.
Classic:
An example of the use of a classic program message to be sent to the
PPCH-G is shown. The command sent to the PPCH-G appears after the“Cmd sent:” label. The “Reply” label shows a typical reply to the“Sent” example. It may have a short description next to it.
If the program message can report an argument error, the types of errors are listed.
If using the classic format or the COM1 port, the error message is replied after receiving
the program message. If using the enhanced format via the IEEE-488 port, the error
condition is handled by the status reporting model which stores the errors in an Error
Queue and can be programmed to assert the IEEE-488 SRQ line to signal an error has
occurred. In either case, the “ERR” or “ERR?” program message can be used toretrieve a text description of the error.
Indicates related command (“----“) and refers to manual sections giving detail on PPCH-G
operation corresponding to the program message.

Page 93© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

4.4.4#
PurposeClassic
Arguments
Remarks

Example(classic)See Also

PROGRAM MESSAGE DESCRIPTIONSTo allow the host PC to communicate with a device connected to the PPCH-G COM2
port.
“#xx”
xx:
The string to send out of the COM2 port. It must be less than
40 characters long.
The PPCH-G COM2 port can be used to communicate to another RS232 device (such as
another PPCH-G). This allows the user to use one COM port or IEEE-488 port on thehost computer to communicate with the PPCH-G and another device. A carriage returnand a line feed (<CR><LF>) are added to the string.
After this program message is issued, the PPCH-G will reply back any messages
received by the PPCH-G COM2 port that is terminated with a carriage return. Line feeds
are discarded. This will discontinue when the next program message is sent to the
PPCH-G.
There is no other reply from this program message. Prior to using this program message,
you must ensure that the PPCH-G COM2 port is correctly set up to communicate with thedevice on COM2. Refer to the “COM2=“ program message.
If the PPCH-G is using an external RPM4 as the active RPT, then this command should
not be used to interfere with the RPM4.
Sent:“#VER”
Reply:“DH INSTRUMENTS, INC PPCH-G si A20M
Ver1.00 ”
This example assumes that a second PPCH-G’s COM1 port is connected to the PPCH-G
COM2 port. This example gets the version of the second PPCH-G.
“PASSTHRU”, “COM2”
3.5.2
COM2 is generally used for connecting DHI RPM4s to supply external measurement
devices in which case communications are handled automatically by the PPCH-G.

ABORT
PurposeCommandClassic
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)See Also

Stops active pressure generation/control. All control valves are closed.
“ABORT”“ABORT”
This program message has no effect if the PPCH-G is not using automated pressure control.
When using automated pressure control, it aborts the control. This command is recommended
to idle the PPCH-G before setting a new target pressure. It can take several seconds foropen control valves to close.
Cmd sent:“ABORT”
Reply:“ABORT” (no reply if IEEE-488)
Cmd sent:“ABORT?”
Reply:“ABORT”
Sent:“ABORT”
Reply:“ABORT”
3.3.10.5, 3.2.2© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 94

4. REMOTE OPERATION

ARANGE
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic
Arguments

Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
Example(enhanced)
ErrorsSee Also
ATM
Purpose
Query
Classic
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)See Also

Read or set a new AutoRange range to use.
“ARANGE Range, unit, mode (,RptLabel)”“ARANGE?”“ARANGE= Range, units, mode (,RptLabel)”“ARANGE”
Range
The AutoRange maximum pressure. Cannot be negative.
Unit:
The unit of measure of the Range argument.
Mode:
The measurement mode of the Range argument:“A” for absolute“G” for gauge
RptLabel:
One of the Internal or External RPTs that are available.
(optional)“IH”:
Internal, Hi Q-RPT“IL”:
Internal, Lo Q-RPT“X1H”: First external RPM4, Hi Q-RPT“X1L”: First external RPM4, Lo Q-RPT“X2H”: Second external RPM4, Hi Q-RPT“X2L”: Second external RPM4, Lo Q-RPTThe ARANGE command is used to define a PPCH-G range by specifying a desired unit ofmeasure, measurement mode and maximum pressure. The PPCH-G then picks the best
available Q-RPT and makes operational adjustments to optimize that range. Available
Q-RPTs may be determined by the use of the “RPT” command to search for external
RPM4 devices or use of the [RPT] function key.
The optional “RptLabel” argument can be used to specify which Q-RPT you wish to use
for the AutoRange range. By using this option you can override the PPCH-G internal logic
that picks the most suitable Q- RPT. The Q-RPT must have been previously found using
the “RPT” command or the [RPT] function key and must be valid for the maximum
pressure and measurement mode specified.
The reply indicates the current range data, including the RptLabel used for the range.
Cmd sent:“ARANGE?”(read the current range in the current
Reply:
units)“1000.0, psi, A, IH”
Cmd sent:“ARANGE” (read the current range in the current units)
Reply:“1000.0, psi, A, IH”
Cmd sent:“ARANGE? 25, MPa, G(set a range of 25 MPa in gauge mode)nd
Reply:“25.0 MPa, G, X2H”
(Hi RPT of 2 external RPM4 used)
Cmd sent:“ARANGE=25, MPa, G(set a range of 25 MPa in gauge mode)st
Reply:“25.0 MPa, G, X1L”
(Lo RPT of 1 external RPM4 used)“ARANGE 5000, psi, A, X1L (set a range of 5 000 psi in absolute mode
Cmd sent:st
on Lo RPT of 1 RPM4)
Reply:“500.00 psi, A, X1L”
(No reply if GPIB-488)
RPT previously found not detected. Usually occurs when the external
ERR# 4:
RPM4(s) have been disconnected since the last RPT “search”.
RPT previously found not the same as now found. Usually occurs when
ERR# 5:the external RPM4(s) connections to the PPCH-G have been changed
since the last RPT “search”.
“Range“ maximum pressure exceeds available RPTs or is negative.
ERR# 6:
Cannot Range to ‘0’ with absolute units.
ERR# 19:
Cannot Range to ‘0’ with gauge units.
ERR# 20:
Correct type of Q-RPT for the selected “Mode” is not available.
ERR# 29:“RPT”, “RANGE”
3.3.4, 3.2.5, 3.2.6
Reads the next measured pressure from PPCH-G’s on-board barometer.
“ATM?”“ATM”
The atmospheric pressure as measured by the PPCH-G on-board barometer is returnedin the current pressure units (always absolute). This measurement is followed by theunits text.
Query sent:“ATM?”
Reply:“97.12348 kPaa”
Sent:
“ATM”
Reply:“97.12384 kPaa”
3.5.7.2

Page 95© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALAUTOZERO
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic
Default
Arguments
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also
COM1
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic
Arguments

Defaults
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic))
ErrorsSee Also

Read or set the status of the AutoZ function.
“AUTOZERO n”“AUTOZERO?”“AUTOZERO=n”“AUTOZERO”“AUTOZERO 1”n:’0’ Autozero OFF’1’ Autozero ON
The PPCH-G AutoZ function can be turned ON and OFF. There is a separate AutoZ flagfor the gauge and absolute modes for each RPT. This command sets the AutoZ status
for the current mode of the active internal or external RPT only.
Cmd sent:“AUTOZERO 0”
Reply:“0”(No reply if GPIB-488)
Cmd sent:“AUTOZERO 0”
Reply:“0”
Sent:“AUTOZERO=1”
Reply:“AUTOZERO=0”
ERR# 6:
The argument was other than a ‘0’ or a ‘1’.
“ZOFFSET”, “MMODE”
3.5.1
Read or set the RS232 settings for the COM1 port.
“COM1 baud, parity, data, stop”“COM1?”“COM1=baud, parity, data, stop”“COM1”Baud:
The baud rate. This may be ‘300’, ‘600’,’1200’,’2400’,’4800’, ‘9600’ or ‘19200’.
Parity:The data parity. This may be ‘O’ for odd, ‘E’ for even, or ‘N’ for none.
Data:
The number of data bits. This may be ‘7’ or ‘8’.
Stop:
The number of stop bits. This may be ‘1’ or ‘0’.
“COM1 2400,E,7,1”
The COM1 port is used to communicate to the PPCH-G. When the COM1 port configurationof the PPCH-G is changed, the program message reply (COM1 use only) is sent at the old
COM1 settings, but all subsequent communications are accomplished at the new COM1
settings.
A 200ms or longer delay after receiving the reply to this command ensureS that the PPCH-G
has changed the COM port settings and is ready for communications at the new settings.
Cmd sent:“COM1 9600,N,8,1”
Reply:“9600,N,8,1”(No reply if GPIB-488)
Cmd sent:“COM1? 9600,N,8,1”
Reply:“9600,N,8,1”
Sent:“COM1=9600,N,8,1”
Reply:“9600,N,8,1”
ERR# 7:
Missing or improper program message argument(s).
“#”, “PASSTHRU”
3.5.2.1, 4.2.1.1© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 96

4. REMOTE OPERATION

COM2
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic
Arguments

Defaults
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also
DATE
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic
Arguments
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also
DF
PurposeCommandClassic
Arguments
Remarks
Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also

Read or set the RS232 settings for the COM2 port.
“COM2 baud,parity,data,stop”“COM2?”“COM2= baud,parity,data,stop”“COM2”
baud:
The baud rate. This may be ‘300’, ‘600’,’1200’,’2400’,’4800’, ‘9600’ or ‘19200’.
parity:The data parity. This may be ‘O’ for odd, ‘E’ for even, or ‘N’ for none.
Data:
The number of data bits. This may be ‘7’ or ‘8’.
stop:
The number of stop bits. This may be ‘1’ or ‘0’.
“COM2 2400,E,7,1”
COM2 is generally used to connect DHI RPM4 external measurement devices. The COM2
port can also be used to allow the host computer to communicate through the PPCH-G to an
additional device connected to COM2. This can be useful if the host computer does not have
2 serial ports available.
Cmd sent:“COM2 9600,N,8,1”
Reply:“9600,N,8,1”(No reply if GPIB-488)
Cmd sent:“COM2? 9600,N,8,1”
Reply:“9600,N,8,1”
Sent:“COM2=9600,N,8,1”
Reply:“9600,N,8,1”
ERR# 7:
Missing or improper program message argument(s).
“#”, “PASSTHRU”
3.5.2.1, 4.2.1.3
Read or set the PPCH-G date.
“DATE date”“DATE?”“DATE= date”“DATE”
date:
The date in the numerical only format YYYYMMDD or YYMMDD with nospaces or separators.
The PPCH-G has an internal real time calendar clock. It is used for date stamping
calibrations.
The reply is always in the YYYYMMDD format.
Cmd sent:“DATE 20030115”
Reply:“20030105”(No reply if GPIB-488)
Cmd sent:“DATE? 20030105”
Reply:“20020105”
Sent:“DATE=021201”
Reply:“20021201”
ERR# 7:
Missing or improper program message argument(s).
“TIME”
3.5.5.3
Decrease the pressure quickly.
“DF n”“DF=n”‘0’
Stops the pressure generation.
‘1’
Starts a descending generation at a fast fixed rate..
The down control valve is used to establish a fixed rate of 2% FS/sec. The valve is closed as
the pressure approaches the target.
Cmd sent:“DF 1”
Reply:“1”(no reply if IEEE-488)
Cmd sent:“DF? 1”
Reply:“1”
Sent:“DF=1”
Reply:“DF=1”
ERR# 6:
The n argument is a ‘0’ or a ‘1’.
“IF” , “DS”, “IS”, “IP”, “DP”,
3.2.1

Page 97© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DP
PurposeCommandClassic
Arguments
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also
DRVn
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic
Arguments
Remarks
Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also
DS
PurposeCommandClassic
Arguments
Remarks
Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also
ERR
Purpose
Query
Classic
Remarks

Example(enhanced):
Example(classic)See Also

Decrease the pressure slowly by the requested amount.
“DP n”“DP=n”n:
The decrease in pressure desired (current pressure units). This can be from0 to 2 % FS of the active range.
The down control valve will be used to decrease the pressure the requested amount at a rateof 0.2 % FS/sec. The PPCH-G controls pressure up to the target and then stops, so thechange in pressure will be approximate.
Cmd sent:“DP 20”
Reply:“20 kPa”(no reply if IEEE-488)
Cmd sent:“DP? 20”
Reply:“20 kPa”
Sent:“DP=20”
Reply:“20 kPa”
ERR# 6:
The n argument is not within given limits.
“IP”, “DS”, “IS”, “DF”, “IF”
3.4.3, 3.1.3
Read or set the status of external electrical drivers.
“DRVn x”
“DRVn?”“DRVn=x”“DRVn”n:
The driver to operate. This can be from 1 to 8.
x:
The state to change the driver to; ‘0’ to de-activate it, ‘1’ to activate it.
The PPCH-G control has eight optional external drivers.
Cmd sent:“DRV1 1”
Reply:“1”(No reply if GPIB-488)
Cmd sent:“DRV2? 1”
Reply:“1”
Sent:“DRV1=1”
Reply:“DRV1=1”
ERR# 6:
The n or x arguments are not within given limits.
3.4.7
Decrease the pressure slowly.
“DS n”“DS=n”‘0’
Stops the pressure generation.
‘1’
Starts a descending generation at a slow fixed rate..
The down control valve is used to establish a fixed rate of 0.2 % FS/sec. The valve is closed
as the pressure approaches the target.
Cmd sent:“DS 1”
Reply:“1”(no reply if IEEE-488)
Cmd sent:“DS? 1”
Reply:“1”
Sent:“DS=1”
Reply:“DS=1”
ERR# 6:
The n argument is a ‘0’ or a ‘1’.
“IF” , “DF”, “IS”, “IP”, “DP”,
3.2.1
Read the new available error message from the Error Queue.
“ERR?”“ERR”
This program message obtains additional details about an error that has occurred. If the user
receives an “ERR# nn” reply, or the enhanced mode is enabled using the IEEE-488 interface
and an error has been detected, the error is put into a “FIFO” (first in first out) error queue.
The “ERR” program message pulls and replies the oldest error message available. “OK” isreplied if there are no error messages left.
Query sent:“ERR?”
Reply:“Numeric argument missing or out of range”
Sent:
“ERR”
Reply:“Numeric argument missing or out of range”
4.4.2© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 98

4. REMOTE OPERATION

GPIB
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic
Defaults
Arguments
Remarks
Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also:
HEAD
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic
Defaults
Arguments

Remarks
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also:
HS
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic
Arguments
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also

Read or set the GPIB interface address.
“GPIB addr”“GPIB?”“GPIB=addr”“GPIB”“GPIB 10”addr:
The address of the GPIB488 interface (1 to 31)
The GPIB address is changed following the reply of this command. Each device on a GPIB
interface bus requires a unique address.
Cmd sent:“GPIB 21”
Reply
“21”
(No reply if GPIB-488)
Cmd sent:“GPIB? 21”
Reply
“21”
Sent:
“GPIB=21”
Reply:“21”
ERR# 6:
The argument is not within given limits.
3.5.2.2, 4.2.1.2
Read or set the fluid head settings.
“HEAD h,u,f”“HEAD?”“HEAD=h,u,f”“HEAD”“HEAD 0,cm,N2”h:
The height of the test in relation to the PPCH-G. This is positive if the test
is above the PPCH-G, or negative if below the PPCH-G. This value can be
between- 9999 and 9999. Setting this value to ‘0’ disables the head correction.
u:
The height units. This must be “in” or “cm”.
f:
The fluid type. This must be “N2”, “Air”, “He”, “Oil”, “H2O”, or “User”.
The PPCH-G can make a fluid head correction to allow it to display the pressure at the levelof the device under test instead of at the level of the PPCH-G.
Cmd sent:“HEAD 10,in,N2”
Reply:“10, in, N2”
Sent:“HEAD=10,in,N2”
Reply:“10, in, N2”
ERR# 6:
The arguments are not within given limits.
3.3.7, 3.5.3“Static” or “dynamic” control modes: Read or set the automated pressure control hold limit asa pressure value.
“Monotonic” control mode: Read or set the “target limit” as a pressure value.
“HS limit”“HS?”“HS=limit”“HS”
Limit:The limit in the current pressure unit of measure.
The “hold” or “target” limit can be read and set as a pressure. The “hold” limit applies to“static” and “dynamic” control modes only. These limits are part of the ready criteria. The“target” limit applied to “monotonic” control mode only. If this program message is used to set
the hold or target limit, the PPCH-G will then use CUSTOM control settings
Cmd sent:“HS .1”
Reply:“0.100 MPa”
(No reply if GPIB-488)
Cmd sent:“HS? .1”
Reply:“0.100 MPa”
Sent:
“HS=0.1”
Reply:“0.100 MPa”
ERR# 6The ‘limit’ argument was invalid.
“HS%”, “MODE”
3.2.2.2, 3.2.2.4

Page 99© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

HS%
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic
Arguments
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also
ID
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic
Arguments
Remarks
Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also
IF
PurposeCommandClassic
Arguments
Remarks
Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also“Static” or “dynamic” control modes: Read or set the automated pressure control hold limit as% of range.
“Monotonic” control mode: Read or set the “target limit” as a % of range.
“HS% limit”“HS%?”“HS%=limit““HS%”
Limit:The limit in % span of the active range.
The “hold” or “target” limit can be read and set as a percent of the span. The “hold” limit
applies to “static” and “dynamic” control modes only. These limits are part of the ready criteria.
The “target” limit applied to “monotonic” control mode only. If this program message is used
to set the hold or target limit, the PPCH-G will then use CUSTOM control settings
Cmd sent:“HS% .01”
Reply:“0.0100 %”(No reply if GPIB-488)
Cmd sent:“HS%? 0.01”
Reply:“0.0100 %”Sent:“HS%= 0.01”
Reply:“0.0100 %”ERR# 6The ‘limit’ argument was invalid.
“HS”, “MODE”
3.2.2.2, 3.2.2.4
Read or set the user defined instrument identification label.
“ID string”“ID”“ID=string”“ID”
String:An alphanumeric string up to 12 characters long.
The user defined ID label can be used to allow the user to “tag” the PPCH-G with a unique
identifier. This ID is stored in non-volatile memory and cannot be erased by a power failure,system fault or reset
Cmd sent:“ID PPCK #A01”
Reply“PPCK #A01”(No reply if GPIB-488)
Cmd sent:“ID? PPCH-G #A01”
Reply“PPCH-G #A01”
Sent:“ID=PPCH-G #A01”
Reply:“PPCH-G #A01”
ERR# 6The ‘string’ argument was longer than 12 char.
3.5.5.4
Increase the pressure quickly.
“IF n”“IF=n”‘0’
Stops the pressure generation.
‘1’
Starts an ascending generation at a fast fixed rate.
The up control valve is used to establish a fixed rate of 2% FS/sec. The valve is closed as thepressure approaches the target. Care must be used, as the pressure will not stop increasing
until the valve is closed, or the upper limit is exceeded
Cmd sent:“IF 1”
Reply:“1”(no reply if IEEE-488)
Cmd sent:“IF? 1”
Reply:“1”
Sent:“IF=1”
Reply:“IF=1”
ERR# 6:
The n argument is a ‘0’ or a ‘1’.
“DF” , “DS”, “IS”, “IP”, “DP”,
3.2.1© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 100

4. REMOTE OPERATION

IP
PurposeCommandClassic
Arguments
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also
IS
PurposeCommandClassic
Arguments
Remarks
Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also
L2 / L3
PurposeCommandDefaults
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)See Also
LOCAL
PurposeCommandClassic
RemarkExample(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)See Also

Increase the pressure slowly by the requested amount.
“IP n”“IP=n”n:
The increase in pressure desired (current pressure units). This can be from0 to 2 % FS of the active range.
The up control valve will be used to increase the pressure the requested amount at a rate of
0.2 % FS/sec. The PPCH-G controls pressure up to the target and then stops, so the change
in pressure will be approximate.
Cmd sent:“IP 20”
Reply:“20 kPa”(no reply if IEEE-488)
Cmd sent:“IP? 20”
Reply:“20 kPa”
Sent:“IP=20”
Reply:“20 kPa”
ERR# 6:
The n argument is not within given limits.
“DP”, “IF” , “DF”, “IS”, “DS”
3.4.3, 3.1.3
Increase the pressure slowly.
“IS n”“IS=n”‘0’
Stops the pressure generation.
‘1’
Starts an ascending generation at a slow fixed rate..
The up control valve is used to establish a fixed rate of 0.2% FS/sec. The valve is closed as
the pressure approaches the target.
Cmd sent:“IS 1”
Reply:“1”(no reply if IEEE-488)
Cmd sent:“IS? 1”
Reply:“1”
Sent:“IS=1”
Reply:“IS=1”
ERR# 6:
The n argument is a ‘0’ or a ‘1’.
“IF” , “DF”, “DS”, “IP”, “DP”,
3.2.1
Read or set the type of program command format to use (classic or enhanced).
“L2” enables “classic” mode
“L3” enables “enhanced” mode
“L2”
(Classic mode)
The user can select the type of remote command format using these simplified commands.
There is no query format. This format must agree with the format sent to the PPCH-G. This
command is a replacement for the “MSGFMT” command.
Cmd sent:“L3”
Query reply:“L3”(No reply if IEEE-488)
Sent:
“L2”
Reply:“L2”“MSGFMT”
4.3
Returns control to the PPCH-G front panel.
“LOCAL”“LOCAL”
The REMOTE program message can lock the front panel out completely. The user can return
to local operation by sending the LOCAL program message, sending the IEEE-488 ‘GTL’
command (if in enhanced format), or by cycling PPCH-G power. A transition from remote to
local operation aborts any current pressure control.
Cmd sent:“LOCAL”
Reply:“LOCAL”(no reply if IEEE-488)
Cmd sent:“LOCAL?”
Reply:“LOCAL”
Sent:“LOCAL”
Reply:“LOCAL”“REMOTE”

Page 101© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

MEM
Purpose
Query
Classic
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)See Also
MODE
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic
Arguments

Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also
MMODE
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic
Arguments
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
ErrorsSee Also

Read the status from the power-up memory test.
“MEM?”“MEM”
The PPCH-G system memory stores the user settings (units, resolution, control settings) andretains them when the unit is OFF. On power-up, this memory is checked. If this memory is
corrupted, all user settings are reset to default, and the MEM status will be set to reflect this.
Sending this query always set the MEM status to ‘1’ after replying it’s current status.
Query sent:“MEM?”
Reply:“0” PPCH-G data corrupted and was set to factory defaults.
“1” The memory was found to be OK on power-up.
Sent:
“MEM”
Reply:“MEM=0” PPCH-G data corrupted and was set to factory defaults.
“MEM=1” The memory was found to be OK on power-up.
3.5.9
Read or set the automated pressure control mode.
“MODE n”
“MODE?”“MODE=n”“MODE”
n:’0’ for “static” control.
’1,0’ or ‘1’ for “standard dynamic” control.
‘1,1’ for “hi volume dynamic” control‘2’ for “monotonic” control.
‘3’ for “rate” control.
The method which the PPCH-G controls pressure is selected with the “MODE” program message.
When the control mode is set, control parameters are set to default parameters for that range.
The control mode setting is range dependent.
Cmd sent:“MODE 1”
Reply:“1”(No reply if GPIB-488)
Cmd sent:“MODE? 1”
Reply:“1”
Sent:“MODE=1”
Reply:“MODE=1”
ERR# 6
The argument is invalid.
“HS”, “SS”, “RL”
3.4.6, 3.2.2
Read or change the active measurement mode.
“MMODE=mode”“MMODE”“MMODE=mode”“MMODE ”
Mode:“A”
Absolute mode“G” Gauge mode
The active RPT or an AutoRange range should selected before setting measurement mode
since measurement mode is range specific. The measurement mode can also be set using
the “UNIT” command.
Cmd sent:“MMODE A”
Reply:“A”(No reply if IEEE-488)
Cmd sent:“MMODE? A”
Reply:“A”
Cmd sent:“MMODE=G”
Reply:“G”
ERR# 6:
Invalid argument text.
ERR# 20:
Absolute mode not available on absolute RPT with absolute use disabled.
“UNIT”
3.3.3© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 102

4. REMOTE OPERATIONMSGFMT
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic
Arguments
Defaults
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also
PASSTHRU
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic
Arguments
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)See Also

Read or set the type of program command format to use (enhanced or classic).
“MSGFMT n“MSGFMT?”“MSGFMT=n“MSGFMT”n:‘1’ to use the enhanced command format.
‘0’ to use the classic command format.
“MSGFMT 0”
The user can select the type of remote command format to use. This format must agree withthe format sent to the PPCH-G.
The enhanced query form of this command (“MSGFMT? n”) should always be used to set thedesired format, as it will be accepted regardless of the current format (classic or enhanced).
Cmd sent:“MSGFMT 1”
Reply:“1”(No reply if IEEE-488)
Cmd sent:“MSGFMT? 1”
Reply:“1”
Sent:“MSGFMT=1”
Reply:“MSGFMT=1”
ERR# 6:
Missing or improper program message argument(s).
4.3
To allow the host PC to communicate with a device connected to the PPCH-G COM2 port.
“PASSTHRU n“PASSTHRU?”“PASSTHRU= n”“PASSTHRU”n:
The string to send out of the COM2 port. It must be less than 40 characters long.
Generally, the PPCH-G COM2 port is used for communication with DHI RPM4s used as
PPCH-G external measurement devices.
The COM2 port can alternatively be used to communicate to another RS232 device (such as
another PPCH-G). This allows the user to use one COM port or IEEE-488 port on the hostcomputer to communicate with the PPCH-G and another device. The Command format
specifies and sends the argument. A carriage return and a line feed (<CR><LF>) are added
to the string that is sent.
The Query format is used to check the PPCH-G COM2 receive buffer to see if a message has
been received on COM2 from the device. The message received by the COM2 port must be
terminated with a carriage return or a carriage return and a line feed. Only one message isretained by the COM2 port. The label “COM2:” precedes the message text. If the COM2
receive buffer is empty, then the reply is just be ‘COM2:”
If the PPCH-G is using an external RPM4 as the active RPT, then this command should not
be used to interfere with the RPM4.
The ‘#’ command can also be used for this sort of operation, but with fewer options available.
“PASSTHRU=VER”
Cmd sent:“COM2:DH INSTRUMENTS, INC PPCH-G VER1.01a”
Reply:“COM2:” (If the COM2 buffer is empty)
Reply:“PASSTHRU=VER”
Sent:“COM2:DH INSTRUMENTS, INC PPCH-G VER1.01a”
Reply:“COM2:” (If the COM2 buffer is empty)
Reply:“#” , “COM2”

Page 103© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PCALn (PCAL:XX)
PurposeRead or set the Q-RPT or utility sensor calibration information for the “IH” (internal high) and“IL” (internal low) RPTs.
Command“PCALn adder, mult, CalDate, (GaOnly)”
Query“PCALn?”Classic“PCALn =adder, mult, CalDate, (GaOnly)”“PCALnDefaults“PCALn = 0.0, 1.0, 19800101, 0”
Optional Suffix“n”
The active RPT is assumed if no suffix is given. The “Hi” RPT is assumed if the HL
RPT is active and no suffix is given.
‘1’ Specify the Hi RPT‘2’ Specify the Lo RPT
Arguments
Adder:The RPT calibration adder (PA). In Pascal.
Mult:
The RPT calibration multiplier (PM) from 0.1 to 100.
CalDate:The date of the calibration in the format “YYYYMMDD” by default. Any otherformat up to 8 characters long will also be accepted, and the replied format isin the previously entered format.
GaOnlyOptional “Gauge only” flag. Indicates that the an Axxx Q-RPT is set tooperate in gauge measurement mode only. This field does not apply for
utility sensors.
‘0’ Absolute and gauge modes are available.
‘1’ Gauge mode only.
Remarks
The user defined pressure calibration information for the specified RPT (Hi or Lo pressure)can be accessed with this program message. Using this program message overwrites thecurrent calibration coefficients, so caution must be used. If the “GaMode” flag is set, then the
RPT will only be allowed to operate in gauge mode. Changes made using this program
message take effect immediately.
The calibration information of DHI RPM4s connected to PPCH-G must be adjusted directly on
the RPM4. The information cannot be adjusted through the PPCH-G.
ExampleCmd sent:“PCAL1 2.1, 1.000021, 20011201, 0” (“Hi” RPT calibration)(enhanced)
Reply:“ 2.10 Pa, 1.000021, 20011201, 0”(No reply if GPIB-488)
ExampleCmd sent:“PCAL1? 2.1, 1.000021, 20011201, 0”(enhanced)
Reply:“ 2.10 Pa, 1.000021, 20011201, 0”
ExampleSent:“PCAL2=2.1, 1.000021, 20011201, 1” (“Lo” RPT calibration)(classic)
Reply:“ 2.10 Pa, 1.000021, 20011201, 1”
Errors
ERR# 2The CalDate exceeds 8 digits
ERR# 6:
One of the numeric arguments are out of range.
See Also
5.2
PR
Purpose
Query
Classic
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)See Also

Read the next available pressure.
“PR?”
“PR”
The next available pressure value for the active Q-RPT or utility sensor is read in the current
pressure units. The data returned also contains Ready/Not Ready information, and thepressure unit of measure and measurement mode.
The reply field is always 20 characters long. The first 3 characters of the reply are reserved
for the ready status (R or NR). The ready status is described in the “SR” program message.
The pressure value and pressure unit of measure are right justified in this field.
After receiving this program message, the PPCH-G replies back with the data after a newpressure measurement cycle is complete. This can take up to 1.5 seconds.
Query sent:“PR?”
Reply:“R
19.367 MPa a”
Query sent:“PR”
Reply:“R
19.367 MPa a”“PRR”, “QPRR”, “SR”
3.1.1, 3.2.2© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 104

4. REMOTE OPERATION

PRR
Purpose
Query
Classic
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)See Also
PS
PurposeCommandClassic
Arguments

Remarks

Read the next available pressure, rate and on-board barometer reading.
“PRR?”“PRR”
The next available Ready condition, Q-RPT or utility sensor pressure, rate of pressure change,
and barometric pressure is replied in the current pressure unit of measure. Each data field isseparated by a comma, and is returned in the following order:
ready, pressure UNITS, rate UNITS/s, atm UNITS
Here are the field descriptions:ready:‘R’ if the current pressure Ready criteria has been met,
‘NR’ if the criteria has not been met (see the “SR” program message).
pressure:
The measured pressure for the active Q-RPT or utility sensor in the current
pressure unit. This is followed by the current pressure unit.
rate:
The measured rate of pressure change for the active Q-RPT or utility sensor
in the current pressure unit per second. This is followed by the current
pressure unit of measure.
atm:
The pressure measured by the PPCH-G on-board barometer in the current
pressure unit (and always absolute). It is displayed in it’s full resolution. Thisis followed by the current pressure unit.
After receiving this program message query, the PPCH-G replies back withthe data once a new pressure measurement cycle is complete. This cantake up to 1.5 seconds.
Query sent:“PRR?”
Reply:“R,23.0626 MPa a,0.011 MPa/s, 0.097001 MPa a”
Query sent:“PRR”
Reply:“R,23.0626 MPa a,0.011 MPa/s, 0.097001 MPa a”“PR”, “QPRR”, “SR”, “ATM”
3.1.1, 3.5.7.2
Set a new target pressure and start a new pressure control cycle. Allows the test volume tobe specified which causes the pressure control cycle to be executed omitting the automatedcontrol configuration routine.
“PS n (,v)”“PS=n (,v)”
n:
The target pressure in the current pressure units.
3v:
The volume of the system connected to the PPCH-G TEST port in cm (cc).
This argument is optional and should be used only to reduce pressuresetting time in known volumes.
The PPCH-G sets the specified target pressure using the current control settings and mode.
Control continues until a new target pressure is set (except in monotonic mode), the PPCH-G
goes into LOCAL mode, or an “ABORT” program message is executed. If the given target is‘0’, the PPCH-G vents.
The “PR?”, “PRR?”, “STAT?”, or “SR?” program message queries can be used to monitor the
progress of the pressure setting routine.

Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also

If the optional “v” argument is used, the PPCH-G does not attempt to perform its test volume
determination routine at the beginning of the pressure setting procedure, but instead uses thevolume specified for the pressure control. This can reduce pressure set times when operating
into a consistent volume. The “v” argument should only be used in automated conditions,where the test volume is constant and the configuration does not change. This argument isonly an approximation value, and it may be adjusted empirically for correct operation. A
higher “v” setting speeds up the generation with a higher risk of significant control overshoot.
A lower “v” setting slows down the generation and reduces overshoot.
Cmd sent:“PS 1000”
Reply:“1000 kPa a“(no reply if IEEE-488)
Cmd sent:“PS? 1000”
Reply:“1000 kPa a“
Sent:“PS=1000, 75”(includes test volume definintion)
Reply:“1000 kPa a “
The target pressure is out of range.
ERR# 6
Active external RPM4 timeout.
ERR# 8Pressure has exceeded maximum limits.
ERR# 12This command not valid in “rate” generation mode.
ERR #18“PR”, “PRR”, “STAT”, “SR”, “QPRR”, “RS”
3.2.2, 3.3.10, 3.2.1

Page 105© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PSF
PurposeCommandClassic
Arguments
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also
PSS
PurposeCommandClassic
Arguments
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also

Set a new target pressure, using a fast fixed rate and aborting pressure control once thetargetis reached.
“PSF n”“PSF=n”N:
The target pressure in the current pressure unit.
The PPCH-G sets the given target pressure using a rate of 2 % FS/sec, and stops controllingas the pressure approaches the given target. The system does not attempt to maintain thetarget pressure.
The “PR?”, “PRR?”, “STAT?”, or “SR?” program message queries can be used to monitor the
progress of the generation.
Cmd sent:“PSF 1000”
Reply:“1000 kPa a (no reply if IEEE-488)
Sent:“PSF=1000”
Reply:“1000 kPa a
The target pressure is out of range.
ERR# 6
Active external RPM4 timeout.
ERR# 8Pressure has exceeded maximum limits.
ERR# 12“PR”, “PRR”, “STAT”, “SR”, “PSS”, “PS”
3.2.1
Set a new target pressure using a slow fixed rate and aborting pressure control once thetargetis reached.
“PSS n”“PSS=n”N:
The target pressure in the current pressure units.
The PPCH-G sets the given target pressure using a rate of 0.2% FS/sec, and stops
controlling when the pressure has reached or passed the given target. The system does not
attempt to maintain the target pressure.
The “PR?”, “PRR?”, “STAT?”, or “SR?” program message can be used to monitor the
progress of the generation.
Cmd sent:“PSS 1000”
Reply:“1000 kPaa”(no reply if IEEE-488)
Cmd sent:“PSS? 1000”
Reply:“1000 kPaa”
Sent:“PSS=1000”
Reply:“1000 kPaa”
The target pressure is out of range.
ERR# 6
Active external RPM4 timeout.
ERR# 8Pressure has exceeded maximum limits.
ERR# 12“PR”, “PRR”, “STAT”, “SR”, “PSF”, “PS”
3.2.1

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 106

4. REMOTE OPERATION

QPRR
Purpose
Query
Classic
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)See Also
RANGE
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic
Default

Remarks

Read the last RPT pressure, pressure rate and on-board barometer output as quickly as
possible.
“QPRR?”“QPRR”The last measured Ready/Not Ready condition, active Q-RPT or utility sensor pressure, rate ofpressure change, and barometric pressure is replied in the current pressure unit of measure.
This program message is useful when a rapid response of measured pressure is needed.
Each data field is separated by a comma, and is returned in the following order:
ready, pressure UNITS, rate UNITS/s, atm UNITS
Here are the field descriptions:ready:‘R’ if the current pressure Ready criteria has been met,
‘NR’ if the criteria has not been met (see the “SR” program message).
pressure:
The measured pressure for the selected Q-RPT or utility sensor in thecurrent pressure units. This is followed by the current pressure unit andmeasurement mode.
rate:
The measured rate of pressure change for the active Q-RPT or utility sensor
in the current unit of pressure per second. This is followed by the current
pressure unit of measure.
atm:
The pressure measured by the PPCH-G on-board barometer in the current
pressure unit (but always absolute). This is followed by the current pressure
unit.
Query sent:“QPRR?”
Reply:“R,2.306 MPa a,0.011 MPa/s,97.000 kPa a”
Query sent:“QPRR”
Reply:“R,2.306 MPa a,0.011 MPa/s,97.000 kPa a”“PR”, “PRR”, “SR”
3.1.1, 3.5.7.2
Change the active range to one of the available internal or external default Q-RPT ranges.
Read the active range full scale, pressure unit and measurement mode.
“RANGE Rng”
“RANGE?”“RANGE= Rng”
“RANGE ”“RANGE IH”
Rng:“IH” for the internal, hi Q-RPT or utility sensor“IL” for the internal lo Q-RPT“X1H” for the first external RPM4, hi Q-RPT“X1L” for the first external RPM4, lo Q-RPT“X2H” for the second external RPM4, hi Q-RPT“X2L” for the second external RPM4, lo Q-RPT
The active RPT must be selected before making changes to settings that are dependent on
the range. The system MUST BE VENTED to change active RPTs.
RPTs selected with this command are used with their full default pressure range. External RPTs
must be found and initialized using the “RPT” command or function key before the can beselected.
The reply indicates the active range in psi if the PPCH-G is a “US” version or in kPa if the
PPCH-G is an “SI” version.

Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
Example(classic)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also

Used as a simple query, the active range is returned, which can be an AutoRanged range or adefault range (see “ARANGE” cmd).
Cmd sent:“RANGE IL”(select internal Lo Q-RPT in it’s full default range)
Reply:“5000 psia”
Sent:“RANGE=IH”(select internal Hi Q-RPT in it’s full default range)
Reply:“10000 psia”
nd
Sent:“RANGE=X2H”(select external 2 RPM4, HI Q-RPT)
Reply:“5000 psia”
Sent:“RANGE”(request current range)
Reply:“220000 psia”
Invalid Rng argument.
ERR# 6:
System must be vented for the requested operation.
ERR# 22:
The selected RPT is not available.
ERR# 38:“ARANGE”, “RPT”
3.2.6, 3.3.1, 3.3.4,

Page 107© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RATE
Purpose
Query
Classic
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)See Also
READYCK
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also
REMOTE
PurposeCommandClassic
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)See Also

Read the next available pressure rate of change.
“RATE?”“RATE”The next available pressure rate of change in the current pressure unit per second isreturned.
After receiving this program message, the PPCH-G replies back with the data once a newpressure measurement cycle is complete. This can take up to 1.5 seconds.
Query sent:“RATE?”
Reply:“0.012 MPa/s”
Sent:“RATE”
Reply:“0.012 MPa/s”“PRR”, “QPRR”
Read or set the Ready check flag.
“READYCK 1”“READYCK?”“READYCK=1”“READYCK”
The internal ready check flag is cleared whenever the PPCH-G reaches a Not Ready (NR)condition. The “READYCK” query returns the status of the flag. Sending the “READYCK 1”
program message while the PPCH-G is in a Ready condition sets the flag. The “READYCK”
program message query can then be used at a later time to determine whether a Not Readycondition has occurred since the ready check flag was set.
Cmd sent:“READYCK 1”
Reply:“1” (no reply if GPIB-488)
Cmd sent:“READYCK?”
Reply:“1”
Cmd sent:“READYCK?”
Reply:“1” (if PPCH-G condition has stayed Ready)“0” (if PPCH-G condition has NOT stayed Ready)
Sent:“READYCK=1”
Reply:“READYCK=1”
Sent:“READYCK”
Reply:“READYCK=1” (if PPCH-G condition has stayed Ready)“READYCK=0” (if PPCH-G condition has NOT stayed Ready)
ERR# 6:
Argument is not a ‘0’ or a ‘1’.
“SR”, “STAT”
3.2.3
Lock out the front panel keypads during remote operation.
“REMOTE”“REMOTE”
The PPCH-G goes into remote mode whenever communications take place. The user canreturn to local operation by pressing the [ESC] key. The REMOTE program message locks
out the front panel completely. The only way to unlock the front panel after the “REMOTE”
command is using the “LOCAL” program message, the IEEE-488 “GTL” command, or bycycling the PPCH-G power. A transition from remote to local operation aborts any current
pressure control.
Cmd sent:“REMOTE”
Reply:“REMOTE” (no reply if IEEE-488)
Cmd sent:“REMOTE?”
Reply:“REMOTE”
Sent:“REMOTE”
Reply:“REMOTE”“LOCAL”© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 108

4. REMOTE OPERATION

RES
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic
Default
Arguments
Remarks
Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also
RESET
PurposeCommandClassic
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)See Also
RETURN
PurposeCommandClassic
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also

To read or set the pressure display resolution for the active range.
“RES n”“RES?”“RES=n”“RES”“RES 0.001”n:
The pressure display resolution in % span of the current RPT range (0.0001 to 1 %FS).
The pressure display resolution is defined as % span of the active range. The setting isseparate for each range, and changes as the range is changed.
Cmd sent:“RES .01”
Reply:“0.01” (No reply if GPIB-488)
Cmd sent:“RES? .01”
Reply:“0.01”
Sent:“RES=.01”
Reply:“0.01”
ERR# 6
The argument is invalid.
3.4.2
Reset the user’s settings to factory defaults.
“RESET”“RESET”
The PPCH-G has user settings (units, resolution, control modes, etc.) that can be reset tofactory defaults. System calibration coefficients and communications settings are not affected.
The remote “RESET” program message corresponds to the front panel “Reset - Sets.” The reset
cycle takes up to 3 seconds to complete. Remote communications should not take place
during this period.
Cmd sent:“RESET”
Reply:“RESET”(no reply if IEEE-488)
Cmd sent:“RESET?”
Reply:“RESET”
Sent:“RESET”
Reply:“RESET”
3.5.4.1
Start a new pressure setting sequence equivalent to the “PS” command using the last target
pressure.
“RETURN”“RETURN”
The “RETURN” program message starts a new pressure setting sequence using the current
settings and target pressure. Pressure control continues until a new target pressure is set,
the PPCH-G is put into LOCAL mode, or an “ABORT” program message is executed.
Cmd sent:“RETURN”
Reply:“1000.000 kPaa” (no reply if IEEE-488)
Sent:“RETURN”
Reply:“1000.000 kPaa”
The target pressure is out of range.
ERR# 6
Active external RPM4 timeout.
ERR# 8Pressure has exceeded maximum limits.
ERR# 12This command not valid in “rate” control mode.
ERR #18“PS“, “TP”
3.3.10Page 109© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

RL%
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic
Arguments
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also
RPT(n)
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic
Default
Prefix(optional)

Remarks

Read or set the ramp control mode rate ready limit.
“RL% n”“RL%?”“RL%=n”“RL%”n:
The rate limit in % of the requested rate / sec.
The rate limit is used only in “ramp” control mode to determine ready criteria. It is in % of thecurrent rate target. If this program message is used to set the rate ready limit, the PPCH-G
will then indicate CUSTOM control settings.
Cmd sent:“RL% 10”
Reply:“10.0 %/s”(No reply from GPIB-488)
Cmd sent:“RL%? 10”
Reply:“10.0 %/s”
Sent:
“RL%=10”
Reply:“10.0 %/s”
ERR# 6
The argument was invalid.
“RL”
3.2.2.5, 3.4.6.1
Read the available RPT data or initiate the RPT search and initialize process.
“RPT”“RPT(n)”“RPT”“RPT(n)”“RPT”
nSpecify the position locator of the RPT about which to collect information:‘1’ The internal, Hi RPT‘2’ The internal, Lo, RPT‘3’ The first external RPM4, Hi RPT‘4’ The first external RPM4, Lo RPT‘5’ The second external RPM4, Hi RPT‘6’ The second external RPM4, Lo RPT
Up to six RPTs can be available for use in one PPCH-G system. Two of these can be internal,
and the other four are external. These RPTs must be identified and initialized before they canbe used by the PPCH-G. This command allows the search process to be executed (byomitting the prefix ‘n’) and allows review of the RPTs identified. Note that the search process
can take up to 10 seconds to complete, and that the communications settings for the PPCHG’s COM2 port and the external RPM4 devices should be setup prior to this. If you arequerying the unit for information about a particular RPT Using the prefix ‘n’), then the RPT
data found during the execution of the last search is returned in the following format:
RPTType, RPTLocator, Serial#, RngGa, RngAbs, RptMode
RngLabe:

RPT type lable. This label identifies the RPT type and range. This is thesame label used on the PPCH-G front panel screen.

RptLocator:

Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also

Text field identifying the RPT position in the PPCH-G system.
“IH” identifies this as an internal, Hi Q-RPT“IuH” identifies this as an internal, Hi utility sensor“IL” identifies this as an internal, Lo Q-RPT“X1H” identifies this as the first external RPM4, Hi Q-RPT“X1H” identifies this as the first external RPM4, Lo Q-RPT“X2H” identifies this as the second external RPM4, Hi Q-RPT“X2H” identifies this as the second external RPM4, Lo Q-RPT
Serial#:The serial number of the PPCH-G or RPM4 In which the RPT is located.
RngGa:The RPT gauge mode range in the current pressure unit.
RngAbs:The RPT absolute mode range in the current pressure unit.
RptMode:‘A’ if RPT supports absolute and gauge.
‘G’ if RPT has absolute OFF and supports only gauge measurement mode.
Cmd sent:“RPT?
(find external RPTs in RPM4(s))
Reply:“OK”(takes up to 10 seconds to reply)
Cmd sent:“RPT(find external RPTs in RPM4(s))
Reply:“OK”(takes up to 10 seconds to reply)
Cmd sent:“RPT2?” (Get information on internal, Lo RPT)
Reply:“A70M,
IL, 82345, 70, 70,A”
Cmd sent:“RPT6”(Get information on RPT in ext RPM4, Lo position)
Reply:“A100M, IH, 82345, 100, 100,A”
ERR# 4:
RPT not previously found
ERR# 10:Invalid prefix.
“ARANGE”, “COM2”
3.3.5, 3.2.5© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 110

4. REMOTE OPERATION

RS
PurposeCommandClassic
Arguments

Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also
SCRSAV
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic

Set a new target rate and start a new control cycle. Allows the test volume to be specified
which causes the pressure control cycle to be executed omitting the automated control
configuration routine.
“RS n (,v)”“RS=n (,v)”
n:
The target rate in the current pressure units per second. Negative forv:
descending rates. The target rate cannot be ‘0’
3
The volume of the system connected to the PPCH-G TEST(+) port in cm(cc).
This argument is optional and should be used only to reducepressure-setting time in known volumes.
The PPCH-G sets the specified target rate using the current control settings and mode.
Control continues until a new target rate or pressure is set, the upper limit is reached, the
PPCH-G goes into LOCAL mode, or an “ABORT” program message is executed.
The “PR?”, “PRR?”, “STAT?”, or “SR?” program message queries can be used to monitor the
progress of the pressure setting routine.
If the optional “v” argument is used, the PPCH-G does not attempt to perform its test volume
determination routine at the beginning of the pressure setting procedure, but instead uses thevolume specified for the pressure control. This can reduce pressure set times when operating
into a consistent volume. The “v” argument should only be used in automated conditions,where the test volume is constant and the configuration does not change. This argument isonly an approximation value, and it may be adjusted empirically for correct operation. A
higher “v” setting speeds up the generation with a higher risk of significant control overshoot.
A lower “v” setting slows down the generation and reduces overshoot.
Cmd sent:“RS 10”
Reply:“10 kPa/s“(no reply if IEEE-488)
Cmd sent:“RS? 1000”
Reply:“10 kPa/s“
Sent:“RS=10, 75”(includes test volume definintion)
Reply:“10 kPa/s“
The target rate is out of range.
ERR# 6
Active external RPM4 timeout.
ERR# 8Pressure has exceeded maximum limits.
ERR# 12“PR”, “PRR”, “STAT”, “SR”, “QPRR, UL”
3.2.2.5, 3.3.10.4, 3.2.1

Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also

Read or set the front panel display screen saver activation time.
“SCRSAV n”“SCRSAV?”“SCRSAV=n”“SCRSAV”n:
The inactivity period. (minutes) after which screen saver activates (0-99).
“SCRSAV 10”
The PPCH-G front panel will dim after a period of keyboard and remote inactivity. Setting thisvalue to ‘0’ disables this feature.
Cmd sent:“SCRSAV 30”
Reply:“30”(No reply if GPIB-488)
Cmd sent:“SCRSAV? 30”
Reply:“30”
Sent:“SCRSAV=30”
Reply:“30”
ERR# 6
The argument was invalid.
3.5.5.1

SN
Purpose
Query
Classic
Remarks
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)See Also

To read the serial number of the PPCH-G.
“SN?”
“SN”
The PPCH-G is serialized. The serial number can be read using this program message.
Query sent:“SN?”
Reply:
“321”
Sent:
“SN”
Reply:“321”
3.5.5.4

Arguments
Default
Remarks

Page 111© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SR
Purpose
Query
Classic
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)See Also
SS%
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic
Arguments
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also
SS
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic
Arguments
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also

Read the next available Ready/Not Ready status.
“SR?”
“SR”
The current Ready status can be read using this program message.
Possible replies:“NR”
The pressure is Not Ready within the limits defined by the control mode and current
control parameters.
“R ”
The pressure meets the ready criteria. The status is replied when the next pressure
measurement is finished.
“OL”
The pressure of one of the active RPTs has exceeded the user defined upper orlower limits .
“OP”
The pressure of one of the RPTs has exceeded the RPT’s maximum limits.
“TO”
Active external RPM4 timeout.
“ER”
Active external RPM4 communications fault.
“XE”
Active external RPM4 not connected to PPCH-G test port.
Query sent:“SR?”
Reply:
“NR”
Sent:
“SR”
Reply:“NR”“PR”, “PRR”, “HS”, “SS”, “UL”, “LL”
3.2.3, 3.4.4, 3.4.4.1“Static” or “dynamic” control modes: Read or set the current stability limit as a % of range.
“Monotonic” control mode: Read or set the “rate limit” as a % of range.
“SS% n”“SS%?”“SS%=n”“SS%”n:
The stability or rate limit in %FS of the current active range.
The stability or rate limit can be read and set as a percent of the full scale range of the RPTrange. These limits are part of the ready criteria. The “stability” limit applies to “static” and“dynamic” control modes only. The “rate” limit applied to “monotonic” control mode only. If thisprogram message is used to set the stability or rate limit, the PPCH-G will then use CUSTOM
control settings.
Cmd sent:“SS% .1”
Reply:“0.10 %”
(No reply from GPIB-488)
Cmd sent:“SS%? .1”
Reply:“0.10 %”
Sent:
“SS%=.1”
Reply:“0.10 %”
ERR# 6
The argument was invalid.
“SS”
3.2.2.2, 3.2.2.3, 3.2.2.4, 3.4.6.1“Static” or “dynamic” control modes: Read or set the current stability limit as a pressure value.
“Monotonic” control mode: Read or set the “rate limit” as a pressure value.
“SS n”“SS?”“SS=n”“SS”n:
The stability or rate limit in the current pressure unit of measure.
The stability or rate limit can be read and set as a pressure in the current units. These limits
are part of the ready criteria. The “stability” limit applies to “static” and “dynamic” control
modes only. The “rate” limit applied to “monotonic” control mode only. If this program
message is used to set the stability or rate limit, the PPCH-G will then use CUSTOM control
settings.
Cmd sent:“SS .1”
Reply:“0.100 MPa/s”(No reply from GPIB-488)
Cmd sent:“SS? .1”
Reply:“0.100 MPa/s”
Sent:“SS=.1”
Reply:“0.100 MPa/s”
ERR# 6
The argument was invalid.
“HS”
3.2.2.2, 3.2.2.3, 3.2.2.4, 3.4.6.1© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 112

4. REMOTE OPERATION

STAT
Purpose
Query
Classic
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)See Also
SUPPLYPR
Purpose
Query
Classic
Remarks
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)See Also
TIME
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic
Arguments
Remarks
Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also
TP
Purpose
Query
Classic
Remarks
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)See Also

Read the pressure control status.
“STAT?”“STAT”The pressure or rate control cycle status can be checked using this program message. It
returns a ‘1’ if the PPCH-G is actively controlling a pressure, a rate, is venting, or is holding apressure. It returns a ‘0’ if it is idle or completely vented..
Query sent:“STAT?”
Reply:“1”
Sent:“STAT”
Reply:“1”“PS“, “RS”
3.2.2, 3.3.10
Read the high pressure supply transducer.
“SUPPLYPR?”“SUPPLYPR”
The last measured high pressure supply (pressure applied to the SUPPLY port) in the current
pressure unit of measure.
Query sent:“SUPPLYPR?”
Reply:“107.7 MPa”
Query sent:“SUPPLYPR”
Reply:“107.7 MPa”
3.5.7.3, 3.2.1
Read or set the PPCH-G internal clock.
“TIME hh:mmXX”“TIME?”“TIME=hh:mmXX”“TIME”
hh:mm:The time in a 12 hour format using a colon delimiterXX:”am” or “pm”
The PPCH-G has an internal real time clock. It is used for date stamping calibrations and log
data.
Cmd sent:“TIME 12:52PM”
Reply:“12:52pm”(No reply if GPIB-488)
Cmd sent:“TIME? 12:52PM”
Reply:“12:52pm”
Sent:“TIME=12:52PM”
Reply:“12:52pm”
ERR# 7:
Missing or improper program message argument(s).
“DATE”
3.5.5.3
To read the current target pressure.
“TP?”
“TP”
The current target pressure is replied in the current pressure unit of measure.
Query sent:“TP?”
Reply:“10.000 MPa a”
Sent:
“TP”
Reply:“10.000 MPa a”“PS“
3.3.10Page 113© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALTPCVOL
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic
Arguments
Default
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also
UCOEF
Purpose
Query
Classic
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)See Also
UDU
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic

Default
Remarks
Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
See Also

Read or set the current estimate of test volume.
“TPCVOL n”“TPCVOL?”“TPCVOL=n”“TPCVOL”
3n:
The volume of the system connected to the PPCH-G TEST port in cm (cc)Must be 0 – 1 000 cc“TPCVOL 10”
This current volume that the PPCH-G believes is connected to its TEST port can be read backor overridden using this command. The volume should be set only in automated conditions,where the test volume is constant and the configuration does not change. This volume is only
an approximate value that may be adjusted empirically for correct operation. A higher setting
speeds up pressure generation with a higher risk of significant control overshoot. A lower
setting slows down pressure generation and reduces overshootCmd sent:“TPCVOL 50”
Reply:“50”(No reply if GPIB-488)
Cmd sent:“TPCVOL? 50”
Reply:“50”
Sent:“TPCVOL=50”
Reply:“50”
ERR# 6The volume was invalid.
5.5
To convert 1 Pascal to the current pressure units.
“UCOEF?”“UCOEF”
The PPCH-G handles all pressure values internally in Pascal. The coefficient replied isequivalent of 1 Pa in the current pressure unit of measure. This program message allows theuser to convert pressures. The reply will be in scientific notation if very small or very large.
Query sent:“UCOEF?”
Reply:“0.001000”
Sent:“UCOEF”
Reply:“0.001000”
3.3.2, 3.5.6, 7.2.1
Read or set the user defined pressure unit.
“UDU label, ucoef”“UDU?”“UDU=label, ucoef”“UDU”
label:
User unit label (4 alphanumeric char maximum). It cannot be an alreadysupported unit label.
ucoef:“User unit conversion coefficient (units/Pa).
“UDU USER,1.0”
The user defined unit must be set up with the program message prior to remote or local
selection.
Cmd Sent:“UDU MYUN, .001”
Reply:“MYUN, 0.001000”(No reply if GPIB-488)
Cmd Sent:“UDU? MYUN, .001”
Reply:“MYUN, 0.001000”
Sent:“UDU=MYUN, .001”
Reply:“MYUN, 0.001000”
3.5.6, 3.3.2© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 114

4. REMOTE OPERATION

UL
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic
Arguments
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also
UNIT
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic

Arguments
Remarks

Example(enhanced)

Example(classic)

ErrorsSee Also

Read or set an upper limit for the current range.
“UL n”“UL?”“UL=n”“UL”
n:
The upper limit pressure in the current pressure unit and measurement mode.
The PPCH-G has an upper limit for each range and for each measurement mode (gauge andabsolute). New automated pressure control targets cannot be greater than this value. If thepressure does exceed the upper limit, the pressure display flashes, and pressure control
stops. Manual increases in pressure are not allowed as long as the pressure is above theupper limit. Decreases in pressure are allowed. This feature should always be used toprevent accidental over pressure of a device under test.
Cmd sent:“UL 10”
Reply:“10.000 MPa a” (No reply if GPIB-488)
Cmd sent:“UL? 10”
Reply:“10.000 MPa a”
Sent:“UL=1000”
Reply:“10.000 MPa a”
ERR# 6:
The argument is out of range.
3.4.4
Read or set the pressure unit of measure unit and measurement mode.
“UNIT unit (, ref”)”“UNIT unitg (, ref”)”“UNIT unita (, ref”)”“UNIT?”“UNIT=unit (, ref”)”“UNIT=unitg (, ref”)”“UNIT=unita (, ref”)”“UNIT”
unit:
The text corresponding to the pressure unit of measure.
ref:
The optional unit reference temperature only if the unit is “InWa”.
This program message determines what unit of measure and may determine what
measurement mode is used to display pressure values. Refer to Table 13 for a detailed list of
the units available and their labels.
The unit text must be followed by ‘a’ if absolute measurement mode is desired, or ‘g’ to specify
gauge measurement mode. There can be a space between the unit text and the ‘a’ or the ‘g’.
If neither ‘a’ nor ‘g’ is specified, the unit will change but the measurement mode will remain
the same.
If the unit specified is “InWa”, an optional second argument “ref” can be set. The “ref” can be
4, 20, or 60 corresponding to InWa at 4 °C, 20 °C or 60 °F. If this second argument is not
given when the unit is “InWa”, then the reference temperature is assumed to be 20 °C. he fifthcharacter of the reply is always ‘a’ for absolute mode, or ‘g’ for gauge mode. White spaces willproceed this character if needed. The temperature reference is added to the reply only if theunit is “InWa”.
“UNIT kPaa”
Cmd sent:“kPaa”
Reply:“UNIT InWag, 4”
Sent:“inWag, 4”
Reply:“UNIT=kPaa”
Sent:“kPa a”
Reply:“UNIT=InWag, 4”
Sent:“inWag, 4”
Reply:
ERR# 7:The unit is invalid.
ERR# 6:
The ref is invalid.
“MMODE”, “MODE”
3.3.2, 3.3.3

Page 115© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

VENT
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic
Arguments
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also
VER
Purpose
Query
Classic
Remarks

Read, execute or abort a vent process.
“VENT n”
“VENT?”“VENT=n”“VENT”
N:’1’ to start a vent process.
’0’ to abort a vent process and close the exhaust valve.
The PPCH-G vents by setting pressure close to atmospheric and then opening the exhaust
valve. This program message query returns a ‘1’ if the vent process is complete and theexhaust valve is opened, or a ‘0’ if the exhaust valve is closed or if the vent process is notcomplete. A “PS=0” command will also execute the vent function.
Cmd sent:“VENT 1”
Reply:“0” (if not finished venting) (No reply if GPIB-488)“1” (if completely vented)(No reply if GPIB-488)
Cmd sent:“VENT? 1”
Reply:“0” (if not finished venting)“1” (if completely vented)
Sent:“VENT=1”
Reply:“VENT=0”(if not finished venting)“VENT=1”(if completely vented)
ERR# 6:
The argument is not a ‘0’ or a ‘1’.
“PS”
3.1.3 , 3.3.10.6
Identify the PPCH-G, US or SI units, the RPT labels and the software version.
“VER?”“VER”
The software version of the PPCH-G can be read. This is useful for checking for the presenceof the PPCH-G and for reference purposes. It indicates the internal RPT(s) and software version.

Example(enhanced)

Query sent:
Reply:

Example(classic)

Query sent:
Reply:

See Also

None

ZOFFSETn
PurposeCommandQuery
Classic
Defaults
Optional Suffix

Arguments
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Example(classic)
ErrorsSee Also“VER?”“DH INSTRUMENTS, INC PPCH-G us A100M/A20M Ver1.00 ”
version)“VER?”“DH INSTRUMENTS, INC PPCH-G si A100M/A20M Ver1.00 ”
version)(US(SI

Read or set the AutoZ pressure offset (Poffset) for the specified RPT.
“ZOFFSETn GaOffset , AbsOffset”“ZOFFSETn?”“ZOFFSETn =GaOffset , AbsOffset”“ZOFFSETn”“ZOFFSETn = 0.0, 0.0”
(Gauge Q-RPT)“ZOFFSETn = 101325, 0.0” (Absolute Q-RPT)“n”
The active Q-RPT is assumed if no suffix is given.
‘1’
Specify the Hi Q-RPT‘2’Specify the Lo Q-RPT
GaOffset
The RPT pressure offset (“Poffset”) for Gauge measurement mode (Pa).
AbsOffset:
The RPT pressure offset for absolute measurement mode (Pa)The pressure offset (Poffset) for the specified RPT (HI or Lo) can be accessed with this program
message. There is a separate offset for gauge and absolute measurement modes. Gauge
RPTs do not support “AbsOffset”. External RPT Poffset cannot be adjusted from the PPCH-G.
Using this program message will overwrite the current offset, so caution must be used.
Changes made using this program message take effect immediately.
Cmd sent:“ZOFFSET1 2.1, 0”
Query reply:“ 2.100 Pa, 0.000 Pa”
Sent:“ZOFFSET=97293.1, 3.02”
Reply:“ 97293.100 Pa, 3.020 Pa”
ERR# 6:
One of the arguments is out of range.
3.5.1© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 116

4. REMOTE OPERATIONZOFFSET:IH and ZOFFSET:IL (obsolete style)PurposeRead or set the AutoZ pressure offset (Poffset) for the high (“IH”) or low (“IL”) RPT and current
measurement mode. Not recommended for new applications
Command“ZOFFSET:IH offset”“ZOFFSET:IL offset”
Query“ZOFFSET:IH?”“ZOFFSET:IL?”
Classic“ZOFFSET:IH =offset”“ZOFFSET:IL =offset”“ZOFFSET:IH”“ZOFFSET:IL”
Defaults“ZOFFSET:IH = 0.0”
“ZOFFSET:IL = 0.0”
Arguments
offset:
The RPT pressure offset (“Poffset”) for the current measurement mode
(gauge or absolute) in Pa.
Remarks
The pressure offset (Poffset) for the specified RPT (HI or Lo) in the current measurement modecan be accessed with this program message. External RPTs’ Poffset cannot be adjusted from
PPCH-G. There is a separate offset for gauge and absolute measurement modes. Using thisprogram message will overwrite the current offset, so caution must be used. Changes madeusing this program message take effect immediately.
ExampleCmd sent:“ZOFFSET:IL 32.1”(enhanced)
Reply:“ 32.10 Pa”
ExampleSent:“ZOFFSET:IL=32.1”(classic)
Reply:“ 32.10 Pa”
Errors
ERR# 6:
One of the arguments is out of range.
See Also
3.5.1

4.5

STATUS REPORTING SYSTEMThe PPCH-G status reporting system is used to track and report system status and errors. It follows themodel of the IEEE Std 488.2 and works for the COM1 and the IEEE-488 port with slight differences. The
PPCH-G can be programmed to respond to various status conditions by asserting the SRQ of the IEEE488 interface. The COM1 port cannot be supported in such a way, so polling must be used.

4.5.1

ERROR QUEUE

The PPCH-G keeps track of remote errors by using an error queue. If an error occurs, it ispushed onto the Error Queue. If you are using the COM1 port, the error number is immediately
replied in the form “ERR#nn where nn is the error code from 0 to 99. The “ERR?” (or “ERR”)
query can then be used to pull the error from the Error Queue in it’s descriptive text format. If you
are using the enhanced program message format, the Error Queue will accumulate errors until
full unless they are pulled from the queue. If you are using the classic program format, the Error
Queue is cleared every time a new program message is received.

4.5.2

STATUS BYTE REGISTER

The PPCH-G contains an 8 bit Status Byte Register that reflects the general status of the PPCH-G.
Table 19. 8 Bit status byte register
OPER
(128)

RQS/MSS
(64)

ESB
(32)

MAV
(16)

N/A
(8)

ERROR
(4)

N/A
(2)

RSR
(1)

This register is affected by the PPCH-G reply output queue, the Error Queue, the Standard
Event Status register and the Ready Event Status register.
Status Byte Register(“∗STB?” or ”∗SRE n”)

Page 117© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

OPER
(128)
RQS/MSS(64)

Standard Event Status Register(“∗ESR?” or “∗ESE n”)

ESB
(32)

←←←

PON
(128)

URQ
(64)

MAV
(16)

←←←

OUTPUT
QUEUE

←←←

ERROR
QUEUE

CMD
(32)

EXE
(16)

DDE
(8)

QYE
(4)

RQC
(2)

OPC
(1)

MEAS
(4)

NRDY
(2)

RDY
(1)

N/A
(8)
ERROR
(4)
N/A
(2)
RSR
(1)

Ready Event Status Register(“RSR?” or ” RSE n”)
←←←

N/A
(128)

N/A
(64)

N/A
(32)

N/A
(16)

N/A
(8)

Figure 15. Status register schematic

The Status Byte Register can be read using the “*STB?” query, or by performing a serial pollon the IEEE-488 bus. If you read this using a serial poll then Bit 6 is the RQS. If the“*STB?” query is used, then bit 6 is the MSS bit. All of the other bits are common to both typesof query.
Each of these status bits can cause a SRQ to occur. The Service Request Enable Register(“*SRE” program message ) determines which of these flags are able to assert the SRQ line.
This enable register has a matching set of bits that each will enable the designated bit tocause a SRQ, except for the RQS/MSS bit(s) which cannot cause a SRQ. If you set thisregister to 20 ($14 hex), an SRQ will occur if the MAV or the ERROR bit are set. The
description of these bits are given as:
OPER

N/A Bit 7 (128)

RQS

Requested Service Bit 6 (64)
Indicates that the SRQ line of the IEEE-488 interface has been asserted by the
PPCH-G. This bit is cleared when a serial poll is performed on the PPCH-G, andis a part of the Status Byte Register when read using a serial poll. This bit does
not apply if the COM1 port is being used.

MSS

Master Summary Status Bit 6 (64)
Indicates that an event or events occurred that caused the PPCH-G to request
service from the Host, much like the RQS bit. Unlike the RQS bit, it is READ ONLY
and can be only cleared when the event(s) that caused the service request arecleared.

ESB

Event Summary Bit 5 (32)
Indicates if an enabled bit in the Standard Event Status Register became set(see Section 4.5.3).

MAV

Message Available Bit 4 (16)
Indicates that at least one reply message is waiting in the PPCH-G IEEE-488 output
queue.

ERROR

Error Queue Not Empty Bit 2 (4)Indicates that at least one command error message is waiting in the PPCH-G IEEE488 error message queue. Use the “ERR?” query to get this message.

RSR

Ready Summary Bit 0 (1)Indicates that an enabled bit in the Ready Status Register became set.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 118

4. REMOTE OPERATION

4.5.3

STANDARD EVENT REGISTER

The PPCH-G contains an 8 bit Standard event register that reflects specific PPCH-G events.
Enabled events in this register will set or clear the ESB bit of the Status Byte Register.
Table 20. 8 bit standard event register
PON

URQ

CMD

EXE

DDE

QYE

RQC

OPC

(128)

(64)

(32)

(16)

(8)

(4)

(2)

(1)

This register can be read using the “*ESR?” query, Each of these status bits can set the ESB
bit of the Status Byte Register, causing a SRQ to occur IF the ESB bit is enabled to do so.
The Standard Event Status Enable Register (“*ESE” program message ) determines which ofthese flags are able to assert the ESB bit. The description of these bits are given as:
PONPower On (Bit 7)
Indicates that the PPCH-G power has been cycled since the last time this bit wasread or cleared.

URQ

User Request (Bit 6)
Indicates that the PPCH-G was set to local operation manually from the front
panel by the user (pressing the [ESC] key).

CMD

Command Error (Bit 5)
Indicates that a remote command error has occurred. A command error istypically a syntax error in the use of a correct program message.

EXE

Execution Error (Bit 4)
Indicates if a remote program message cannot be processed due to device
related condition.

DDE

Device Dependent Error (Bit 3)
Indicates that an internal error has occurred in the PPCH-G such as a transducer timeout.

QYE

Query Error (Bit 2)
Indicates that an error has occurred in the protocol for program message
communications. This is typically caused by a program message being sent to
the PPCH-G without reading a waiting reply.

RQC

Request Control (Bit 1)
This bit is not supported as the PPCH-G cannot become the active controller incharge.

OPC

Operation Complete (Bit 0)
Indicates that the PPCH-G has completed all requested functions.

4.5.4

READY STATUS REGISTER

The PPCH-G contains an 8 bit Ready Status Register that reflects specific PPCH-G
measurement and generation ready events. Enabled events in this register will set or clear
the RSB bit of the Status Byte Register.
Table 21. 8 bit ready status register
N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

MEAS

NRDY

RDY

(128)

(64)

(32)

(16)

(8)

(4)

(2)

(1)

Page 119© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALThis register can be read using the “*RSR?” query, Each of these status bits can set the
RSB bit of the Status Byte Register, causing a SRQ to occur IF the RSB bit is enabled to do so.
The Standard Event Status Enable Register (“*RSE” program message ) determines whichof these flags are able to assert the RSB bit. The description of these bits are given as:
MEAS

Measurement ready (Bit 2)
Indicates that the PPCH-G has completed a Q-RPT measurement.

NRDY

Generation Not Ready (Bit 1)
Indicates that the PPCH-G made a transition from Ready to Not Ready as
defined by the control settings (see Section 3.2.2).

RDY

Generation Ready (Bit 0)
Indicates that the PPCH-G has reached a target pressure and is Ready as
defined by the control settings (see Section 3.2.2).

4.6

IEEE STD. 488.2 COMMON AND STATUS PROGRAMMESSAGESThe PPCH-G supports a set of commands that are common to all instruments conforming to IEEE Std.
488.2. These command make it easy to perform basic function for any device that supports thesecommands. These commands also cover the status reporting commands. See Section 4.5 for details on
the status registers mentioned in these commands.
Table 22. Program message list
∗CLS

Clear all of the status & event structures.

∗ESE

Read or set the Standard Event Status Enable Register.

∗ESR

Read the Standard Event Status Register.

∗IDN

Identify the PPCH-G version, range, and serial number.

∗OPC

Set the operation complete bit when all operations have completed.

∗OPT

Read the list of installed PPCH-G options.

∗RST

Reset the PPCH-G control settings to factory settings.

∗TST

Read the power on self test status.

∗SRE

Read or set the Service Request Enable Register.

∗STB

Read the Status Byte Register.

∗RSE

Read or set the Ready Status Enable Register.

∗RSR

Read the Ready Status Register.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 120

4. REMOTE OPERATION

4.6.1
∗CLS
PurposeCommandRemarks

Example(classic)∗ESE
PurposeCommandQuery
Default
Arguments
Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Errors∗ESR
PurposeCommandRemarks
Example(enhanced)∗IDN
PurposeQuery
Remarks
Example(enhanced)∗OPC
PurposeCommandQuery
Remarks

Example(enhanced)∗OPT
PurposeQuery
Remarks

Example(enhanced)

PROGRAM MESSAGE DESCRIPTIONS
Clear all of the status & event structures.
“∗CLS”
This program message clears the following events and status registers:
Standard Byte Register (STB)
Standard Event Status Register (ESR)
Error Queue
Pending OPC operations
Sent:“∗CLS”
Reply:
none
Read or set the Standard Event Status Enable Register.
“∗ESE n”“∗ESE?”“∗ESE 0”n:
’0 to 255’ This is the decimal representation of the bit(s) to enable. To enable
the PON and QYE bits, the argument would be 128 + 4 = 132.
The Standard Event Status Enable register determines which bits in the standard Event
Status Register are enabled and included in the Status Byte Register (ESB bit), and canassert the SRQ line. The reply is in decimal numeric form.
Sent:“∗ESE=128”(enables the PON bit)
Reply:“128” (no reply if IEEE-488)
ERR# 6:n is not valid.
Read the Standard Event Register.
“∗ESR?”The Standard Event Register contents are cleared after reading. The reply is in decimal
numeric form.
Sent:“∗ESR?”
Reply:“20” (the QYE and EXE bits are set)
Identify the PPCH-G version, range, and serial number.
“∗IDN?”The identification reply is made up of the manufacture, the model, the serial number and thesoftware version. Each is separated by a comma.
Sent:“∗IDN?”
Reply:DH INSTRUMENTS INC, PPCH-G, 1,35785,0, Ver1.00 -kkbj”
Sets the operation complete bit when all operations have completed.
“∗OPC”“∗OPC?”
This Command enables the PPCH-G to set the OPC bit in the Standard Event Status
Register when it has completed all pending functions.
The Query replies with a “1” when all functions are complete.
Sent:“∗OPC”
Reply:“1”
Reads the list of installed PPCH-G options.
“∗OPT?”
This Query returns any registered option(s) installed in the PPCH-G. Each option isseparated by a comma. Possible options:“IEEE-488:0”
The IEEE-488 option is installed.
“ANALOG:n”
The analog option is installed. ‘n’ is the revision on the analog option hardware
from ‘A’ to ‘Z’ or ‘-’ if original revision.
Sent:“∗OPT?”
Reply:“IEEE-488:0, ANALOG:-”

Page 121© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL∗RST
PurposeCommandRemarks
Example(enhanced)
See Also∗SRE
PurposeCommandQuery
Default
Arguments

Remarks
Example(enhanced)
Errors∗STB
PurposeCommandRemarks
Example(enhanced)∗TST
PurposeQuery
Remarks

Resets the PPCH-G control settings to factory settings.
“∗RST””
This Command sets the PPCH-G settings to factory settings. This equivalent to a front panel
executed RESET/SET. This does not affect the communications settings.
Sent:“∗RST”
Reply:“∗RST” (no reply if IEEE-488)
3.5.4.1
Read or set the Service Request Enable Register.
“∗SRE n”“∗SRE?”“∗SRE 0”n:
’0 to 255’ This is the decimal representation of the bit(s) to enable. To allow theMAV and ESB bits to assert the SRQ line, the argument would be 32 + 16 = 48.
Bit 6 (64) is reserved and cannot be set.
The Service Request Enable Register determines which bits of the Status Byte can set the MSS
bit of the Status Byte and request service by asserting the SRQ line of the IEEE-488 interface.
Sent:“∗SRE=48” (enables the MAV and ESB bits)
Reply:“48” (no reply if IEEE-488)
ERR# 6:n is not valid.
Read the Status Byte Register.
“∗STB?”The Status Byte Register reflects the general status of the PPCH-G. The ‘MSS’ bit state isrepresented by bit 6.
Sent:“∗STB?”
Reply:“80” (The MSS and MAV bits are set)

Example(enhanced)

Read the power on self test status.
“∗TST?””The PPCH-G system memory stores the user settings (units, resolution, generation settings)
and retains them when the unit if OFF. On power-up, this memory is checked. If this memory
is corrupted, all user settings are reset to default (as if the “∗RST” program message was
executed), and the ∗TST query will return a non zero value. If the PPCH-G passed the test
on power-up OR if the ∗TST query was used at least once since the PPCH-G was powered
up the reply will be a ‘0’.
Sent:“∗RST?”
Reply:“1”*RSE
PurposeCommandQuery
Default

Read or set the Ready Status Enable Register.
“RSE n”“RSE?”“RSE 0”

Argumentsn:Remarks

Example(enhanced)
Errors*RSR
PurposeCommandRemarks
Example(enhanced)’0 to 255’ This is the decimal representation of the bit(s) to enable. To enable
the RDY bit, the argument would be 1.
The Ready Status Enable Register determines which bits in the Ready Status Register are
enabled and included in the Status Byte Register (RSR bit), and can assert the SRQ line.
The reply is in decimal numeric form.
Sent:“∗RSE=1” (enables the RDY bit)
Reply:“1” (no reply if IEEE-488)
ERR# 6:n is not valid.
Read the Ready Status Register.
“RSR?”The Ready Status Register contents are cleared after reading.
numeric form.
Sent:“RSR?”
Reply:“6” (The MEAS and NRDY)© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 122

The reply is in decimal5. MAINTENANCE, ADJUSTMENTS AND CALIBRATION

5.

MAINTENANCE,ADJUSTMENTS A N D C A L I B R A T I O N

5.1

OVERVIEW

PPCH-G was designed for maintenance free operation. No maintenance is required other than:•

Regular rezeroing of quartz reference pressure transducers (Q-RPT), if present (see Section 3.5.1).

•

Periodic calibration of Q-RPTs, if present (see Section 5.2).

•

Adjustment of the on-board barometer and/or utility sensor, if present (see Sections 5.3, 5.4).

•

Automated adjustment of pressure controlling parameters, as needed (see Sections 5.5, 5.6).

This section provides information on calibration, adjustment and maintenance procedures, and recommended
overhaul procedures.
PPCH-G is a sophisticated pressure setting and measuring instrument with advanced on-board
features and functions. Before assuming that unexpected behavior is caused by a system defect or
breakdown, use this manual and other training facilities to become thoroughly familiar with PPCH-G operation.
For rapid assistance in specific situations use the troubleshooting guide in Section 6.

PPCH-G is covered by a limited one (1) year warranty. Unauthorized service or repair during the warranty
period is undertaken at the owner’s risk and may cause damage that is not covered under warranty and/or may
void the warranty. See Section 8.

5.2

CALIBRATION OF QUARTZ REFERENCE PRESSURE
TRANSDUCERS (Q-RPTS)
5.2.1

PRINCIPLE

PPCH-G may be equipped with one or two quartz reference pressure transducers (Q-RPTs)
that are the source of low uncertainty pressure measurement for the system.
To calibrate a Q-RPT, pressures from a standard are applied to the Q-RPT at ascending anddescending points over the range. The pressure defined by the standard and thecorresponding Q-RPT readings are recorded at each point. After all of the pressures havebeen applied and recorded, adjustments are made to fit the Q-RPT pressure readings to thestandard. Fitting the readings means performing a linear regression to arrive at the lowest
value of the residuals of errors of the Q-RPT relative to the standard. The Q-RPT output isadjusted by user settable coefficients: PA (an adder or offset) and PM (a multiplier or span
adjustment) (see Section 5.2.1.1).
The calibration process is performed independently on each Q-RPT to arrive at its optimal fit.

Page 123© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

When running calibrations, collecting as received data and calculating PA and PM
adjustments, whether AutoZ is normally used, whether it is ON or OFF and what the value ofZoffset is should be considered (see Section 3.5.1,  PRINCIPLE).
CalTool for RPTs software provided with the PPCH-G supports the calibration process of
PPCH-G Q-RPTs. CalTool and its documentation are provided on a General Accessories Disk with
the new PPCH-G. Most users should use CalTool software to assist in the calibration of PPCH-G.
PPCH-G is delivered with an interactive Q-RPT calibration utility that steps the operator
through the complete Q-RPT calibration procedure including applying the necessarypressures, collecting data automatically, calculating new PA and PM values, previewing theresults of the new calibration and activating the results of the new calibration (see the
CalTool for RPTs manual on the General Accessories Disk). PPCH-G also provides
complete front panel and remote access to Q-RPT calibration parameters so that Q-RPT
calibrations can be performed without using CalTool software (see Section 5.2.8).
PPCH-G may also use external Q-RPTs mounted in RPM4 Reference Pressure Monitors.
RPM4 Q-RPTs are calibrated independently of PPCH-G (see the RPM4 Operation and Maintenance
Manual).

5.2.1.1

PA AND PM COEFFICIENTSThe coefficients used to adjust Q-RPT readings are designated PA (an adder or offset)
and PM (a multiplier or span set). The coefficients affect the Q-RPT reading
following:
Corrected reading = (uncorrected reading • PM) + PA
PA is expressed in units of pressure (always the SI unit, Pascal).
PM is dimensionless.
Each Q-RPT has its own unique PA and PM values. The PA and PM values
currently in use can be viewed and edited in the CAL function (see Section
5.2.7). PA and PM values are automatically edited when CalTool software isused and the results are activated.
As editing PA and PM values will change Q-RPT calibration, they should only beedited by qualified personnel as part of the calibration process. Caution should betaken to avoid accidental editing and a security system is available to prevent access(see Section 3.5.5.5). Incorrect editing of PA and PM values can cause out of
tolerance measurements.

A new PPCH-G is delivered with PA and PM values set to zero and 1 for all
ranges. This does not mean that the PPCH-G has not been calibrated. In the original
factory calibration, privileged factory coefficients are used for calibration with theuser PA and PM set to zero and 1.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 124

5. MAINTENANCE, ADJUSTMENTS AND CALIBRATION

5.2.1.2

AS RECEIVED AND AS LEFT DATA

Frequently, calibration procedures require that as received and as left data bereported. The necessary information to report as received and as left data on thecalibration of PPCH-G Q-RPTs can be obtained in several ways.
When the PPCH-G CalTool calibration assistance software is used, as received
data is displayed while running the calibration and is automatically recorded andprovided if desired. As left data is also calculated and presented.
At any time, a) reference pressures applied, b) associated Q-RPT readings,c) PA, PM and Poffset values can be used to calculate as received and as left values.
For example, backing out PA and PM on the as left data yields the transducer
readings with PA = 0 and PM = 1. Then applying the as received PA and PM
and Poffset values to the readings calculates as received readings (the readingsthat the transducer would have made with the old PA, PM and Poffset).
A new PPCH-G is delivered with PA and PM values set to zero and 1 for all
ranges. This does not mean that the PPCH-G has not been calibrated. In the original
factory calibration, privileged factory coefficients are used for calibration with theuser PA and PM set to zero and 1.

It is recommended that “as received” values of PA, PM and Poffset (Poffset for
absolute mode calibrations if AutoZero is used in normal operation) be recorded foreach range prior to running the calibration. The current PA and PM and absolutemode Poffset can be viewed by pressing [SPECIAL], <8cal>, <1view>.

A new PPCH-G is delivered with PA and PM values set to zero and 1 for all
ranges. This does not mean that the PPCH-G has not been calibrated. In the original
factory calibration, privileged factory coefficients are used for calibration with theuser PA and PM set to zero and 1.

5.2.2

EQUIPMENT REQUIREDThe recommended calibration standards for PPCH-G Q-RPTs is a DHI PG7202 gas
operated, liquid lubricated piston gauge. Contact DHI for additional information.
Piston gauge (deadweight tester), with the following characteristics:•

Measurement uncertainty of ± 0.005 % of reading or better. A standard with higher
measurement uncertainty may be used but PPCH-G measurement uncertainty may be
degraded proportionally from published specifications.

•

If the Q-RPT will be used in the absolute measurement mode, the reference must
be able to apply absolute pressures: In the range of pressure covered by PPCH-G,
absolute pressures are usually defined by adding atmospheric pressure measured by abarometer to gauge pressure defined by a piston gauge. PPCH-G Q-RPTs that will not be
used in absolute measurement mode may be calibrated using a gauge pressure
only.

Page 125© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PPCH-G Q-RPTs calibrated in gauge measurement mode by applying gauge reference
pressure values should be used in gauge mode only (see Sections 3.3.3  PRINCIPLE, 5.2.5).
•

Able to supply the recommended sequence of pressure points in the range to becalibrated: See Section 5.2.4 for information on the recommended calibration point
sequence for PPCH-G Q-RPTs.

5.2.3

SET-UP AND PREPARATIONTo set-up and prepare the PPCH-G for calibration of an internal Q-RPT:
Set the PPCH-G on a stable surface near the calibration standard at a height as close as
possible to the calibration standard’s reference height. Consider the connections that
may need to be made to the rear panel and access to the front panel display and keypad.
Connect the calibration standard output to the PPCH-G rear panel TEST port (DH500 F).
DH500 is a gland and collar type fitting for 1/4 in. (6.35 mm) coned and left hand threaded
tube. DH500 is equivalent to AE F250C, HIP HF4, etc. DO NOT USE INCORRECT FITTINGS;DAMAGE TO THE FITTING AND DANGER TO THE OPERATOR COULD RESULT.
Turn OFF the PPCH-G VENT (see Section 3.1.3).
Use [SETUP], <6control>, <1mode> to set a pressure control mode other than <PG>
(see Section 3.4.6.2). . The control character in the middle of the bottom line of thedisplay must be other than <P>.

5.2.4

RECOMMENDED CALIBRATION POINT SEQUENCE

Calibration adjustments to PPCH-G Q-RPTs are made by adjusting calibration coefficients,
PA and PM (see Section 5.2.1.1). To adjust these coefficients to optimum values giving thebest results over the Q-RPT’s complete operating range, specific calibration point sequences
are recommended.
Prior to running the calibration point sequence, the Q-RPT should be exercised by setting fullscale pressure, dwelling at full scale pressure for 5 minutes, returning to atmosphere(vented), dwelling for 5 minutes.
A dwell time after setting the pressure of 90 seconds before taking data at each point isrecommended.
PPCH-G must be in a pressure control mode OTHER THAN piston gauge mode when it iscalibrated. The control character in the middle of the bottom line of the display must be otherthan <P> (see Section 3.4.6.2).

It is not required that the calibration pressure standard apply precisely the nominal pressure
value of each calibration point as long as the exact value of the applied pressure is known. Best
results are obtained if the actual applied pressure is within 2 % of the nominal point definition.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 126

5. MAINTENANCE, ADJUSTMENTS AND CALIBRATION

Table 23. Calibration point sequence, PPCH-G Q-RPTs
CALIBRATIONSEGMENT

Ascending

Descending

1

POINT
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

POINT
[% OF SPAN]
1
Lowest Pressure
25 %
50 %
75 %
100 %
75 %
50 %
25 %
1
Lowest Pressure

In absolute mode, a point at or near atmospheric pressure. Zero(vented) in gauge mode.

PPCH-G Q-RPTs that will NOT be used in absolute measurement mode may be calibrated ingauge measurement mode with a gauge pressure standard. PPCH-G Q-RPTs calibrated in gaugemeasurement mode by applying gauge reference pressure values should be used in gauge mode
only (see Section 5.2.5).

5.2.5

TURNING OFF ABSOLUTE MEASUREMENT MODE FOR A
Q-RPT PURPOSE
To prevent selection of absolute measurement mode for a Q-RPT.
 PRINCIPLE
PPCH-G Q-RPTs are intrinsically absolute (Axxx type) but are frequently used in gaugemeasurement mode only (see Section 3.3.3  PRINCIPLE). PPCH-G Q-RPTs that are usedin gauge mode only, may be calibrated in gauge mode with a reference that applies gaugepressures. Calibration with an absolute reference is not necessary. However, if a PPCH-G
Q-RPT is calibrated in gauge mode, it is not possible to know if it is in or out of tolerance inabsolute mode. To avoid using absolute measurement mode on a Q-RPT that is calibrated
for gauge mode only, access to absolute mode can be turned ON and OFF. This isaccomplished in the [SPECIAL], <8cal> menu.
 OPERATION
See Section 5.2.7 for more detailed information on editing and viewing Q-RPT calibration
information. See Section 3.5.5.5 for information on the PPCH-G security system to prevent
access to Q-RPT calibration editing.
Turning absolute mode operation ON and OFF for a Q-RPT occurs in the same area in whichcalibration coefficients are edited. To access the Q-RPT calibration editing area press[SPECIAL], <8cal> and select the desired Q-RPT. Then select <1edit> to make changes(see Section 5.2.7).
[ENT] through the calibration information. After
viewing the values of PA and PM the display is:

Absolute mode:
1off 2onHI

The cursor is on the number corresponding to the current selection. Make the desired
selection. <1off> causes absolute mode to be unavailable for the Q-RPT in normal
measurement and control operation.

Page 127© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PPCH-G may also use external Q-RPTs mounted in RPM4 Reference Pressure Monitors.
Viewing and adjustment of RPM4 calibration information is performed locally on the RPM4, notthrough PPCH-G (see the RPM4 Operation and Maintenance Manual).

5.2.6

Q-RPT CALIBRATION USING CALTOOL FOR RPTS
SOFTWARE

To calibrate PPCH-G Q-RPTs using CalTool software, refer to Sections 5.2.1
 PRINCIPLE, 5.2.2, and 5.2.3 in this manual and then refer to the CalTool for RPTs
Software Manual.
PPCH-G must be in a pressure control mode OTHER THAN piston gauge mode when it iscalibrated. The control character in the middle of the bottom line of the display must be otherthan <P> (see Section 3.4.6.2).
CalTool for RPTs software and manual are supplied on the PPCH-G
General Accessories Disk (white CD) and can be downloaded from www.dhinstruments.com.

5.2.7

EDITING AND VIEWING Q-RPT CALIBRATIONINFORMATION PURPOSE/PRINCIPAL STOPPED
View and/or edit Q-RPT calibration information fields including:•

The calibration date – This field is normally used to record the date on which the
Q-RPT is calibrated.

•

The value of absolute mode AutoZero Poffset – See Section 3.5.1 for complete
AutoZero information. This value is normally set to zero following absolutemeasurement mode calibration of a Q-RPT.

•

The value of PA – The pressure adder for the selected Q-RPT (see Section 5.2.1.1).

•

The value of PM – The pressure multiplier for the selected Q-RPT (see Section
5.2.1.1).

•

Absolute measurement mode ON or OFF – See Section 3.3.3  PRINCIPLE forcomplete information on measurement modes. This is set to OFF if the Q-RPT wascalibrated in gauge mode with a gauge pressure standard (see Section 5.2.5) andabsolute mode is not to be used.

 OPERATIONAs editing PA and PM values will change the calibration of the Q-RPTs, the edit function
should only be used by qualified personnel as part of the calibration process. Caution should betaken to avoid accidental editing. A user level security system is available to control access (seeSection 3.5.5.5).

A new PPCH-G is delivered with PA and PM values set to zero and 1 for all ranges. This does
not mean that the PPCH-G has not been calibrated. In the original factory calibration, privileged
factory coefficients are used for calibration with the user PA and PM set to zero and 1.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 1285. MAINTENANCE, ADJUSTMENTS AND CALIBRATION

To access Q-RPT calibration information viewing or editing press [SPECIAL], <8Cal>.
Select the desired Q-RPT. The <1view> selection displays the calibration information fields.
The <2edit> function displays the fields and allows them to be edited. The display is:1.

Date of last calibration in YYYYMMDD format.

2.

Position designator of the Q-RPT being viewed.

3.

Current value of absolute mode Poffset.

Cal date:20021117 IH
AbsPoffset: 187.4 Pa

If in edit mode, the calibration information fields can be edited. Edits to Poffset are common
with changes made in the AutoZ edit or run function (see Section 3.5.1). Pressing [ENT] on
the last field goes to the next view/edit screen:

1.

Value of PA.

2.

Position designator of the Q-RPT being viewed.

3.

Value of PM.

PA: 0.0 Pa
PM: 1.000000

IH

If in edit mode, the calibration fields can be edited. Pressing [ENT] in the PM field goes tothe next calibration information display:1.

Position designator of the Q-RPT being viewed.

2.

Cursor is on current YES or NO selection.

Allow absolute?
1off 2onIH

If in edit mode, the status can be changed by selecting <1off> or <2on> (see Section 5.2.5).
[ENT] in view mode returns to the view/edit screen. [ENT] in edit mode goes to confirmation ofchange activation if changes have been made. Pressing [ESC] in any edit screen exits the edit
screen without activating any changes.
The value of PA is always in Pascal (Pa). The value of PM is dimensionless.

PPCH-G may also use external Q-RPTs mounted in RPM4 Reference Pressure Monitors.
Viewing and adjustment of RPM4 calibration information is performed locally on the RPM4, notthrough PPCH-G (see the RPM4 Operation and Maintenance Manual).

Page 129© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

5.2.8

Q-RPT CALIBRATION/ADJUSTMENT WITHOUT CALTOOLFOR RPTS SOFTWARE PRINCIPLE
The PPCH-G Q-RPTs can be calibrated and adjusted without using CalTool for RPTs
software. This requires:•

Applying pressures with a calibration standard and recording the pressures measured by
PPCH-G.

•

Calculating new PA and PM values and entering them.

•

Setting Poffset to zero for Q-RPTs that will be used in absolute mode.

Before proceeding to calibrate a reference pressure transducer without using CalTool for
RPTs software, Sections 5.2.1, 5.2.2 and 5.2.3 should be reviewed thoroughly.

PPCH-G must be in a pressure control mode OTHER THAN piston gauge mode when it iscalibrated. The control character in the middle of the bottom line of the display must be otherthan <P> (see Section 3.4.6.2).
 OPERATION
The typical procedure for calibrating a Q-RPT is:
Set-up and prepare the PPCH-G for calibration (see Sections 5.2.2, 5.2.3).
Use the [RPT] function key to select the Q-RPT to be calibrated (see Section 3.3.5). Be
sure to set the DF range (not an AutoRanged range).
Use [HEAD] to set the HEAD to zero (see Section 3.3.7). Use [UNIT] to set the desiredpressure unit of measure (see Section 3.3.2). Use [MODE] to set the desired pressure
measurement mode (see Section 3.3.3). PPCH-G Q-RPTs that will be used in gaugemeasurement mode only, may be calibrated in gauge measurement mode with a gaugepressure standard (see Section 5.2.5).
Use [SPECIAL], <1AutoZ> to access the AutoZ function (see Section 3.5.1).
If calibrating in absolute measurement mode, turn AutoZ ON if it is left ON in normal
PPCH-G operation. If calibrating in gauge measurement mode, always turn AutoZ ON.
Use [SPECIAL], <8cal>, <1Hi RPT> or <2Lo RPT>, <1view>, to read and record thecurrent values of PA and PM for the Q-RPT to be calibrated. If calibrating in absolute mode,
also record the value of Poffset, abs.
Run the recommended calibration point sequence for the Q-RPT (see Section 5.2.4)
recording the pressure applied by the standard and the PPCH-G reading at each calibration
point. The data recorded is the “as received” data for this calibration.
Enter the calibration pressures and PPCH-G readings into a spreadsheet. Calculate the“non-corrected” PPCH-G readings by backing out the PA, PM and Poffset, abs (Poffset, abs isnecessary only if the Q-RPT is being calibrated in absolute mode) recorded in Steps andabove, following:
non-corrected reading = ((corrected reading - PA)/PM ) + Poffset, abs
Perform a linear regression to find the offset and slope that best fit the non-corrected
PPCH-G readings to the calibration standard pressures. The offset is the new value ofPA, the slope is the new value of PM.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 130

5. MAINTENANCE, ADJUSTMENTS AND CALIBRATION

Press [SPECIAL], <8Cal>, <1Q-RPT>, <2edit> and write the new calibration date andthe new values of PA and PM for the Q-RPT and range calibrated. If this is an Axxx
Q-RPT used in absolute mode, edit the value of Poffset to zero. If this is an Axxx Q-RPT andthe calibration was performed in gauge mode, turn absolute mode OFF so that it cannot be
used after the calibration.
Calculate as left data for the calibration, if desired, following:as left reading = (non-corrected reading • new PM) + new PA
Perform additional verification pressure runs as desired.

5.3

ADJUSTMENT OF ON-BOARD BAROMETER PURPOSE
To adjust the output of the on-board barometer (see Sections 1.2.2.3, 3.5.7.2, 5.9.1.5).
 PRINCIPLE
The on-board barometer output can be adjusted using PA and PM values in the same manner as QRPTs (see Section 5.2.1.1).
The on-board barometer is a low accuracy sensor used only for measuring changes in atmosphericpressure over short periods of time (see Section 3.2.4). PPCH-G measurement uncertainty does not dependon the measurement uncertainty of the on-board barometer unless it is used as a source of Pstd,0 for AutoZ inabsolute measurement mode (see Section 3.5.1).
 OPERATION
To edit the values of PA and PM for the barometer, press [SPECIAL], <8cal>, <2barometer>. Pressing[ENT] steps through displays of the calibration date <YYYYMMDD> and PA and PM. In edit mode, thevalues can be edited. Pressing [ENT] after the last screen activates the edited values.
To view the current output of the on-board barometer, press [SPECIAL], <7Internal>, <2baro>.

5.4

ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY SENSOR

 PURPOSE
To adjust the output of the utility sensor, if present (see Section 1.2.2.2).
 PRINCIPLE
PPCH-Gs that do not have a Q-RPT in the Internal, Hi (IH) position, have a utility sensor.
The utility sensor output can be adjusted using PA and PM values in the same manner as for the Q-RPTs(see Section 5.2.1.1).
The utility sensor is not intended to serve as a pressure reference for low uncertainty, traceable
measurement. It is for indication, pressure control and system maintenance functions only. PPCH-G measurement
uncertainty when using Q-RPTs does not depend on the measurement uncertainty of the utility sensor.

Page 131© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL OPERATION
The procedure to adjust the output of the utility sensor is the same as for the calibration of an Internal, Hi (IH),
Q-RPT (see Section 5.2.1), but the calibration reference uncertainty can be between 0.01 and 0.05 % FS.
To view/edit the calibration information for a utility sensor, use [SPECIAL], <8cal>, <1Hi RPT>. The
position designator of a PPCH-G utility sensor is always <IuH>.

5.5

THERMAL PRESSURE CONTROL UNIT (TPCU)CONFIGURATION PURPOSE
To run an automated routine that determines the volume of the system into which PPCH-G is controllingpressure to optimize the performance of thermal pressure control (TPC) used in standard dynamic control mode.
 PRINCIPLE
PPCH-G uses thermal pressure control (TPC) for very fine pressure control around the target value instandard dynamic control mode (see Section 3.2.2.2). For optimal TPC operation, PPCH-G must have avalid estimation of the size of the volume connected to the PPCH-G TEST port. In standard dynamic
control mode operation, if PPCH-G’s estimation of the volume seems incorrect as evidenced by
unexpected control response, PPCH-G runs a 0.5 to 2.5 minute routine to determine the test volume.
The volume determination routine can also be initiated by the operator using [SPECIAL], <7Internal>,<1config>, <1TPC>, <1run>.
The operator initiated volume determination routine can be useful after a test volume change to avoid theincreased control time and reduced control precision that may exist until PPCH-G automaticallydetermines the volume.
Thermal pressure control (TPC) is only used in standard dynamic control mode. Therefore, the volume
configuration routine only executes when standard dynamic control mode is active.

Due to the high compressibility of low pressure gas, the configuration routine does not produce reliable
results when run at a starting pressure under 1 MPa (150 psi). Therefore, the volume configuration routine
cannot be run under 1 MPa (150 psi).

The test volume that PPCH-G has determined can be viewed using [SPECIAL], <1config>, <1TPC>,<2view>.
 OPERATION
Poor control is usually caused by invalid control parameters, excessive leaks and restrictions in the test
system or other set up problems. These problems should be identified and eliminated before resorting to useof the configuration function (see Section 6).

PPCH-G uses self diagnostics to determine when to run the TPC configuration routine in standard
dynamic control mode. Therefore, it is not normally necessary to run the configuration routine separately.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 132

5. MAINTENANCE, ADJUSTMENTS AND CALIBRATION

Running the TPC Config routine may cause the set pressure to increase or decrease by up to 1.4 MPa(200 psi).
The TPC CONFIG routine may be run at any pressure greater than 1 MPa (150 psi). Standard dynamic
pressure control mode must be active. The test system must be leak free (see Section 3.3.9 to leakcheck). Wait at least five minutes after switching to dynamic control mode before running the TPC Config.
To access the CONFIG TPC function press [SPECIAL], <7internal>, <1config>, <1TPC>, <1run>. The
display is:
Selecting <1yes> causes the volume determination routine torun. While the routine is running, <Running config…> flashes
on the bottom line of the PPCH-G display.

Run TPC config?
1yes 2noCompleting the routine may take up to 2.5 minutes and cause the pressure to change by up to 1.4 MPa(200 psi).
When the volume determination is complete the display is:
Select <1yes> to activate the new volume determination.
determination and return to the main run screen.

Vol estimate: 20 cc
Activate? 1yes 2no
Select <2no> to retain the old volume

The volume configuration routine cannot be run under 1 MPa (150 psi). An error message is displayed if
the routine is initialized at a pressure under 1 MPa (150 psi).

5.6

VALVE OPENING POINT CONFIGURATION PURPOSE
To run an automated routine that updates the opening point tables of PPCH-G’s servo-control valves.
Poor pressure control is usually caused by invalid control parameters, excessive leaks and restrictions in
the test system or other set up problems. These problems should be identified and eliminated before
resorting to use of the configuration function (see Section 6).
 PRINCIPLE
PPCH-G uses servo-controlled needle valves to precisely admit and exhaust gas into and out of the test
volume. Knowledge of the opening points of these valves is critical to pressure control performance.
Systematically working into a large test volume (i.e. > 100 cc) and/or changes in the valves over time,
may make it desirable to update the valve opening point tables. The PPCH-G on-board valve opening
point configuration routine tests and updates the opening points.
The VALVE CONFIG function should be considered a maintenance function and used to attempt toimprove pressure control only when all other factors affecting pressure control have been examined andeliminated (for example leaks, restrictions in test lines, unstable pressure supply, unstable vacuum
supply).
In addition, the VALVE CONFIG function allows valve opening point tables to be returned to original factory
values. This feature can be useful to return to known conditions after the on-board configuration function has
been run.

Page 133© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL OPERATION
Poor pressure control is usually caused by invalid control parameters, excessive leaks and restrictions in
the test system or other set up problems. These problems should be identified and eliminated before
resorting to use of the configuration function (see Section 6).

The VALVE CONFIG routine will cause PPCH-G to set pressure of 95% of the controller’s maximum
pressure. Be sure that any fittings or devices connected to the PPCH-G test port can safely be exposed tothis pressure prior to running the routine.

To prepare to run the VALVE CONFIG routine:
Set the PPCH-G range to the default range of the internal, high Q-RPT or utility sensor (seeSection 3.3.1).
Plug the PPCH-G TEST port. Do not connect any external volume.
Assure the PPCH-G is leak free (see Section 3.3.9 for leak check).
Vent the PPCH-G and wait at least 3 minutes.
To access the VALVE CONFIG function press [SPECIAL], <7internal>, <1config>, <2valves>. Select<2factory> to cause PPCH-G to load original factory valve opening point tables. This feature can be
useful to return to standard conditions if a faulty VALVE CONFIG routine has been activated or thecurrent configuration is no longer valid.
Select <1run> to cause the VALVE CONFIG routine to execute. This display is:
This display warns the user that pressure will increase to roughly
95 % of the PPCH-G maximum range or of the current supply
pressure, whichever is lower. Press [ENT] to continue.

CAUTION: Will set up
to 70 MPa g<Running valve config> flashes in the lower right corner of the display. PPCH-G sets pressures andmeasures valve opening points. The routine is takes up to 40 minutes to complete and includes periods ofseveral minutes of inactivity. When the routine is complete, the user is asked whether or not to save the new
configuration. If the VALVE CONFIG function ran completely and without incident, select <1yes>. Select<2no> to return to the MAIN RUN screen with no change to the valve opening point tables.
The effect of the CONFIG function can be eliminated and valve control coefficients returned to factory
defaults by pressing [SPECIAL], <7Internal>, <1Config>, <2valves>, <2factory>.

5.7

OVERHAUL

If calibration of the reference pressure transducers (Q-RPT) is included as part of the overhaul
procedure, the calibration procedure should be performed last.
Any or all of the following items may be included as part of a system maintenance overhaul:•

Clean front panel.

•

Clean threads of rear panel fittings. Check for damage and replace, if necessary.

•

Check that electronic module rear panel cooling fan (top rear) operates when PPCH-G is ON.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 134

5. MAINTENANCE, ADJUSTMENTS AND CALIBRATION•

Check that internal screws, bolts and nuts are tight.

•

Verify that internal barometer reads atmospheric pressure, ± 0.1 kPa (0.015 psi). Adjust if necessary(see Section 5.3).

•

Verify that utility sensor, if present, indicates the correct pressure within ± 0.1 % FS over its range.
Adjust if necessary (see Section 5.4).

•

Verify that high pressure supply pressure transducer indicates correctly (see Section 3.5.7.3).

•

Replace filter elements (one low pressure pneumatic, two high pressure pneumatic).

•

Pressurize PPCH-G to 90 % of maximum pressure and leak test. Use [LEAK CK] function (see Section
3.3.9). Leak rate, after stabilization, should not exceed 0.002% of reading/ second.

•

Check the PPCH-G controls within specifications over its range (see Section 1.2.3).

•

Perform calibration of Q-RPTs (see Section 5.2).

5.8

RELOADING EMBEDDED SOFTWARE INTO FLASHMEMORY

PPCH-G uses FLASH memory. This allows the embedded software that controls PPCH-G operations
and functions to be loaded into PPCH-G over its COM1 port from a computer with a simple FLASH
loading utility program.
To replace corrupted software or upgrade your software, access the DHI worldwide web site atwww.dhinstruments.com and go to SOFTWARE. A FLASH loading utility and the latest release of
PPCH-G software are available for download at no charge. If you do not have access to the web or havedifficulty downloading or loading software, contact your DHI representative or a DHI Authorized Service
Provider for assistance.
If you believe you have discovered an error or “bug” in PPCH-G software, please report it with complete
details by email to cal.repair@dhinstruments.com or submit an on-line Quality Feedback Report atwww.dhinstruments.com.
The DHI flash software loading utility (WinFlash) and PPCH-G embedded software are available fordownload from DHI web site, www.dhinstruments.com.

Page 135© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

5.9

SUBASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION AND LOCATION

PPCH-G consists of two modules. The electronic module is mounted on the top of the unit (see Section
5.9.1). The mechanical module (see Section 5.9.2) is beneath the electronic module.

5.9.1

ELECTRONIC MODULE

1. Power entry and fuse
2a. 12V power supply
2b. +5 V, ±15V power supply

3. Driver board
4. Mini mcro crd
5. On-board barometer

Figure 16. Electronic module, internal view

5.9.1.1

POWER ENTRY AND FUSE

Electrical pwer connector (IEC-320-C13) and main fuse.
Fuse: 1 A, 250 VAC fuse, 5 x 20 mm, time lag type

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 136

5. MAINTENANCE, ADJUSTMENTS AND CALIBRATION

5.9.1.2

POWER SUPPLIES+12 V DC (± 2 %) @ 3.3 Amps: For internal and external solenoid valve
actuation, thermal pressure control unit (TPCU), servo-controlled valve stepping
motor supply.
+5 V DC (± 1 %) @ 3.0 Amps; + 15 V DC (± 3 %) @ 2.0 Amps; -15 V DC (± 3 %)@ 0.35 Amps: For the supply of the micro board and driver board electronics.
Internal power supply fuse not replaceable by operator: 2A, 250 V (UV 440-2
power supply). 3.15A, 250 V (NFS40-7612 power supply).

5.9.1.3

DRIVER BOARD

The driver board is controlled by the mini micro board (see Section 5.9.1.4).
It supports:•

12 V drivers for internal and external solenoid valve actuation•

Frequency counters (2) for Q-RPTs (see Section 5.9.2.2)•

On-board barometer power and output (see Section 5.9.1.5)•

Supply pressure transducer power and output (see Section 5.9.2.1)•

Utility sensor (if present) power and output (see Section 5.9.2.2)•

Power to the electrical system cooling fan•

Power to thermal pressure control unit (TPCU) (see Section 5.9.2.11)•

Power to and control of servo-valve stepping motors (see Section 5.9.2.9)•

Remote [ENT]•

Keypad and display•

Beeper

5.9.1.4

MINI MICRO BOARD

The micro board supports a Motorola 68302 micro-controller, EPROM,
EEPROM, 128k x 16 bit NVRAM, 8 Mbit flash memory; RS-232 and IEEE-488.2
communications; keypad and display control. An I/O port controls other ports
and devices in PPCH-G.

5.9.1.5

ON-BOARD BAROMETER

The on-board barometer supports a board mounted, barometric range,
micromachined silicon sensor and an ambient temperature sensor. The
barometer readings are used for dynamic atmospheric pressure compensation
when measuring gauge pressure (see Section 3.2.4). The temperature sensor isused for temperature compensation of the barometric sensor.

Page 137© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

5.9.2

MECHANICAL MODULE

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Hi Q-RPT or utility sensor
TEST vent valve
Lo Q-RPT and its isolation and ventvalve (optional, not show)
Supply accumulator
Front panel

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

Electrical cable track (to electronic module)
Supply actuation valve
Supply pressure transducer
Inlet valve, servo-controlled
Outlet valve, servo-controlled
Thermal pressure control unit (TPCU)

Figure 17. Mechanical module, internal view

5.9.2.1

SUPPLY PRESSURE TRANSDUCER

The supply pressure transducer is a 4 to 20 mA output strain gauge transducer
associated with a board that reads its output, applies compensation coefficientsand converts it to a digital signal. The range of the pressure transducer depends
upon the range of the pressure controller. The transducers readings are used toindicate the pressure available at the PPCH-G SUPPLY port and the value of the
supply pressure is used in the PPCH-G pressure control algorithm.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 138

5. MAINTENANCE, ADJUSTMENTS AND CALIBRATION

5.9.2.2

HI Q-RPT OR UTILITY SENSOR

The higher range pressure transducer in a PPCH-G may be a Q-RPT (quartz
reference pressure transducer) or a utility sensor depending on the specified
PPCH-G configuration.
A Q-RPT is intended to provide very high precision, low uncertainty, traceable
pressure measurement. The basic sensing principle is the measurement of thechange in the natural oscillating frequency of a quartz tuning fork. Changes intemperature and mechanical stress result from the change in pressure applied toa connecting bellows or bourdon tube. Two independent quartz elements are used.
One quartz element is subjected to pressure related stress. The other quartz
element is used only to monitor temperature. See Section 1.2.2.1 for Q-RPT
specifications.
The utility sensor, present only if there is no Hi Q-RPT, is for pressure indication,
safety and housekeeping functions. It is a temperature compensated strain
gauge transducer.

5.9.2.3

TEST VENT VALVE

Open/close need valve. The valve is normally closed by the force of two
Belleville washers. It is opened by an opposing force applied by pneumaticpressure on a bladder. The test vent valve fully opens the TEST port toatmospheric pressure.

5.9.2.4

SUPPLY ISOLATION VAVLE

Open/close need valve. The valve is normally closed by the force of two
Belleville washers. It is opened by an opposing force applied by pneumaticpressure on a bladder. The supply isolation valve shuts off the supply pressure
from the system. This is a safety feature to prevent unintentional increasingpressure in the case of a power interruption.

5.9.2.5

LO Q-RPT, ISOLATION VALVE, VENT VALVE (OPTIONAL)

PPCH-G can be equipped with an optional Q-RPT of a lower range than the Hi
Q-RPT or utilitiy sensor. The Lo Q-RPT is of the same technology as the Hi QRPT (see Section 5.9.2.2). The Lo Q-RPT isolation and vent valves are of thesame technology as the test vent valve (see Section 5.9.2.3).

5.9.2.6

SUPPLY ACCUMULATORHigh pressure aluminum volume of approximately 50 cc.

5.9.2.7

FRONT PANEL

Sheetmetal with inlaid overlay panel on which a membrane switch keypad andelectro-luminescent display are mounted.

5.9.2.8

ELECTRICAL CABLE TRACK

Articulated track to organize various cables connecting between the PPCH-G’slower mechanical unit and upper electrical unit. The track is articulated so thatthe mechanical unit can slide out.

Page 139© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

5.9.2.9

INLET CONTROL VALVE

Highly progressive needle valve. The valve is operated by a stepping motor anddrive belt. Used to precisely control the flow of supply gas to the TEST port.

5.9.2.10

OUTLET CONTROL VALVE

Highly progressive needle valve. The valve is operated by a stepping motor anddrive belt. Used to precisely control the exhaust from the TEST port.

5.9.2.11

THERMAL PRESSURE CONTROL UNIT (TPCU)High pressure volume containing a helicoidal heating element. The TPCU is used
for fine pressure control in standard dynamic control mode (see Section 3.2.2.2).

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 140

6. TROUBLESHOOTING

6.

TROUBLESHOOTINGPPCH-G is a sophisticated pressure setting and measuring instrument with advanced on-board featuresand functions. Before assuming that unexpected behavior is caused by a system defect or breakdown,
the operator should use this manual and other training facilities to become thoroughly familiar with PPCHG operation. This troubleshooting guide is intended as an aid in identifying the reason for PPCH-G
behavior and determining whether the behavior is normal operation or an internal or external problem.
Identify the symptom or unexpected behavior you are observing from the SYMPTOM list below.
A PROBABLE CAUSE is provided and a SOLUTION is proposed including references to manual
sections that provide information that may be of assistance.
Table 24. Troubleshooting GuideSYMPTOMPROBABLE CAUSESOLUTION

Will not power up.

Blown fuse.

Replace fuse. 1.2.1

Cannot access certain functions>ACCESS RESTRICTED<

User level restricts access to certain
functions.

Change user level or consult systemmanager. 3.5.5.5

Displays <FATAL ERROR> or<FATAL FAULT>.

Encountered unresolved internal software
conflict.

Please record conditions leading up to
event including the numbers displayedwhen [ENT] is pressed and report to your
DHI Authorized Service Provider. Cycle
power to clear. Table 28

Front panel keys seem to bedisabled.

<remote> command has been sent from ahost computer.

Send <local> command from hostcomputer or cycle PPCH-G power. 1,
4.4.4

External RPM4 is not being
identified when PPCH-G ispowered up or [RPT] is pressed.
PPCH-G is unable to find external
RPM4 and Q-RPT.

The RPM4 COM1 port settings are notcorrect.

Set RPM4 COM1 port to settingsrequired for use with PPCH-G. 2.3.7.1,
RPM4 Operation and Maintenance
Manual

Measured pressure display has
too much/not enough resolution.

Resolution setting needs to be changed.

Use RES function to change theresolution setting. 3.4.2

Can’t increase resolution to level
desired in AutoRanged range.

Resolution setting is limited when
AutoRanging under 10 % of Q-RPT default
range.

Operation is normal. Table 7

Values that should be non-zero
are displayed as zero.

Resolution setting needs to be increased toview significant digits.

Use RES function to change theresolution setting. 3.4.2

The pressure units available
under the [UNIT] function key are
not the ones desired.

UNIT function needs to be customized.

Use PresU function to customize the
UNIT function or reset units to default.
3.5.6

Front panel display is dim.

Screen saver option has activated.

Operation is normal. Press any key toresume full screen power. Adjust screen
saver time, if desired. 3.5.5.1

Page 141© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALSYMPTOMPROBABLE CAUSESOLUTION

The external (RPM4) Q-RPT is not initialized.

Check that the external RPM4 is connected
and initialized properly. 2.3.7.1, 3.3.5

The Q-RPT range does not cover the desired
AutoRange.

Check that Q-RPT default range is highenough to cover the AutoRange. Table 1

The measurement mode specified by
AutoRange is absolute and absolute mode is
OFF for the desired Q-RPT.

Check that absolute/ mode is ON for the
Q-RPT. 5.2.5

There is a <C> to the right of the<D>, <d>, <S>, <M> or <R>
control mode character on thebottom line of the display and it
won’t go away.

Custom control parameters have been set.

Reset control parameters to default byselecting a control mode using the
CONTROL function. 3.4.6.2

Pressure display is flashing andbeeper is sounding intermittently.

Current upper limit of active range has been
exceeded.

Correct overpressure condition. Change
UL and/or active range if needed. 3.4.4,
3.4.4.1, 3.3.1

Pressure display is flashing, no
beeper is sounding and directpressure control keys are inactive.

PPCH-G and/or external RPM4 has been
over-pressured.

Correct the overpressure condition andcycle power ON and OFF. 3.4.4.1

Display is <Check Xaa aaa RPT,
wdog: nnnnn uuuum> andpressure control is aborted.

PPCH-G internal watchdog measurement
system has detected that active external QRPT does not appear to be connected as its
pressure is not changing as expected when
PPCH-G controls the pressure.

Check that external RPM4 Q-RPT isconnected properly to PPCH-G TEST port.
Cycle PPCH-G power and retry. 2.3.7.1

A Ready (green) indication isnever achieved or is only
momentary.

Control parameter settings are too tightand/or existing conditions will not allow
Ready to be achieved.

Adjust control parameters or correct otherconditions. 3.4.6.1, 3.2.3, 3.2.2

Dynamic control is being used andit takes too long to get a Readycondition or the Ready condition
is not maintained long enough.

System connected to PPCH-G TEST port
has leaks or has a volume that is too large.

Correct leaks to extent possible. Try using“hi volume” dynamic pressure control
mode. 3.4.6.2, 3.2.2.2

Cannot select absolutemeasurement mode.

Absolute measurement mode has been
turned OFF in the calibration function.

Turn absolute mode ON. 5.2.5

Will not accept pressure command.

Target exceeds UL and/or current range.

Check UL, range and measurement mode.
3.4.4, 3.3.1, 3.3.3

The drive air pressure supply is not adequate
to open the high pressure supply isolation
valve.

Increase drive air pressure supply. 2.3.5

The is little or no high pressure pressure
supply connected to the SUPPLY port.

Assure adequate pressure supply to
SUPPLY port. 5.8, 3.5.7.3

There is a very large leak in the test system
or TEST port is not connected.

Correct leak. 2.3.7, 3.3.9

Very large test volume.

Operation is normal. Wait for pressure toincrease.

Poor pressure control
characterized by erratic rates
during pressure slewing or suddenpressure over and/or undershootat the set point.

High pressure gas supply connected to
SUPPLY port is not sufficiently stable.

Correct high pressure supply source. May
require higher flow or a larger accumulator
on the supply. 2.3.6

Poor pressure control characterizedby control interrupting near thetarget pressure.

Control mode is set to static mode rather
than dynamic mode.

Set control mode to dynamic. 3.2.2,
3.4.6.2

Poor pressure control characterized
by pressure never stopping.

Control mode is set to monotonic or ramp
mode rather than dynamic or static mode.

Set control mode to dynamic or static.
3.2.2, 3.4.6.2[ENT] from main run screen doesn’t
result in a target pressure entry
screen.

Control mode is set to ramp mode rather
than dynamic, static or monotonic.

Set control mode to desired mode. 3.2.2,
3.4.6.2

There is a restriction in the test connection
between the PPCH-G and the test or the
PPCH-G, the RPM4 and the test.

Remove the restriction to allow free flow
between the PPCH-G, the RPM4 (ifpresent) and the test. 2.3.7

AutoRange is not selecting thedesired Q-RPT for the specified
range.

Will not generate pressure.

Poor pressure control characterized
by excessive overshooting/undershooting and/or “hunting”
dt
ti d
i
t l

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 142

6. TROUBLESHOOTINGSYMPTOMPROBABLE CAUSESOLUTION

Excessive leaks in system connected to
TEST port.

Correct leaks to extent possible. Consider
using hi volume dynamic control. 3.2.2.2,
3.4.6.2

Test volume has recently been changed
significantly.

Set pressure points and allow PPCH-G toadapt to the new volume or run the TPCU
configuration. 5.5

Thermal pressure control (TPC) module
needs to be reconfigured.

Reconfigure TPC module after all otherpossible control issues are considered. 5.5

The volume connected to the TEST port is
too small.

Add volume to the system connected to the
TEST port. 1.2.3

A filter in the PPCH-G or an accessory is
dirty and causing a restriction.

Replace the filter element.

Test volume is too large. Severe restriction
in a test line.

Reduce test volume if slew rate is
unacceptable. Remove restrictions inline connected to TEST port.

Poor pressure control after recently
changing to standard dynamic
control mode.

Thermal pressure control unit (TPCU) is
initializing and causes pressure to change as
its temperature stabilizes.

Be sure PPCH-G is vented whenchanging to or from standard dynamic
control mode and wait at least fiveminutes after the mode change before
setting a new pressure target. 3.2.2.2

Disagreement between two Q-RPTs
in system appears excessive.

Difference is actually within tolerance and isacceptable. Note the Internal, Hi transducer
may be a utility sensor which has a muchwider tolerance than a Q-RPT.

Compare differences observed totolerances of Q-RPT and/or utility sensor
measurements. 1.2.2.1, 1.2.2.2

Apparent inaccurate pressure
control/measure and little or no
response from Q-RPT or utility
sensor.

Reference transducer destroyed byoverpressure.

Contact DHI Authorized Service Provider.
Table 28

Apparent inaccurate pressure
control/measure when using
Internal, Hi (IH) RPT.

The IH transducer is a utility sensor, not a QRPT.

Operation is normal for lower specificationsof utility sensor. 1.2.2.2

Incorrect pressure units and/or measurementmode (gauge or absolute).

Set desired pressure units and/or
measurement mode. 3.3.2, 3.3.3

Q-RPT calibration coefficients have beenaltered.

Check and correct calibration coefficients ifneeded. 5.2, 5.2.7

AutoZ has been run and turned ON with anincorrect standard for zero.

Check value of Poffset. Rerun AutoZ with avalid reference. 3.5.1

An unplanned “head” correction is active orhead height or fluid is incorrect.

Operation is normal. Remove or change“head” correction. 3.3.7

Q-RPT is recovering from rapid
depressurization.

Wait for Q-RPT recovery.

Control mode was changed from standard
dynamic to another mode while not vented.

It is preferable to be vented when changing
measurement modes and to wait 5 minutes
while vented when changing to or fromstandard dynamic control mode.

Measurement mode is absolute andindication is absolute pressure at
atmosphere which is not zero.

Check measurement mode setting. 3.3.3

Measurement mode is gauge and AutoZ is
OFF so PPCH-G is not rezeroing.

Turn AutoZ ON. 3.5.1

Measurement mode is gauge and a headcorrection is applied. When the gaugepressure at the PPCH-G is zero, the gaugepressure at the level of the head is not zero.

Change the head correction if desired.
3.3.7

VENT port is plugged.

Open VENT port to atmosphere.

Drive air supply is too low to open vent valve.

Check drive air supply. 2.3.5

Vent valve not operating.

Contact DHI Authorized Service Provider.
Table 28

Poor pressure control characterizedby overshooting target.

Poor pressure control characterized
by very slow slew rate.

Apparent inaccurate pressure
measurement/control.

Apparent inaccurate pressure
measurement/control and <h> isdisplayed on top line of screen.

Pressure indication is negative.

PPCH-G is vented but does notindicate zero.

Will not vent.

Page 143© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALNO T E S© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 144

7. APPENDIX

7.

APPENDIX

7.1

DRIVERSThe PPCH-G drivers option provides eight open collector drivers for operating external valves, solenoids,
indicators, etc. When operating from the setup-driver screen (see Section 3.4.7), pressing [ENT] allows
the operating mode of the drivers to be set. The two modes of operation are momentary and toggle.
A momentary driver changes ON/OFF state while the corresponding driver number on the keyboard isbeing pressed. In toggle mode, the driver ON/OFF state toggles each time the corresponding key ispressed and released.
Each driver output can sink 500 mA at 12 V. However, the total output of all the activated drivers cannot
exceed one Amp. Therefore, refer to Table 25 if multiple drivers are being activated simultaneously.
Table 25. External drivers current output# OF ACTIVE
DRIVERSMAX CURRENTPER OUTPUT

1

500 mA2

400 mA3

275 mA

4

200 mA5

160 mA6

135 mA7

120 mA8

100 mAThe male connector (P/N 401382) for the DRIVERS port is delivered with the PPCH-G accessories.
Table 26 and Figure 18 should be referred to when building a cable to utilize the drivers port.
Table 26. External drivers pin outs
EXTERNAL DRIVERSPINDESCRIPTIONA

D1

Driver #1 (Open Collector)

C

D2

Driver #2 (Open Collector)

E

D3

Driver #3 (Open Collector)

G

D4

Driver #4 (Open Collector)

M

D5

Driver #5 (Open Collector)

J

D6

Driver #6 (Open Collector)

K

D7

Driver #7 (Open Collector)

L

D8

Driver #8 (Open Collector)

B

Drivers (+ 12 V)

D

Drivers (+ 12 V)

F

Drivers (+ 12 V)

H

Drivers (+ 12 V)

Figure 18. Drivers connector schematic

Page 145© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

7.2

UNIT CONVERSION
7.2.1

PRESSURE

PPCH-G performs all internal calculations in SI units. Numerical values input or output in other units
are converted to SI immediately after entry and back to other units just before output as needed.
Table 27 provides the conversion coefficients used by PPCH-G to convert numerical values
expressed in SI units to corresponding values expressed in other units.
Table 27. Pressure unit of measure conversion coefficients
TO CONVERT FROM Pa To
Pa

Pascal1.0

mbar

millibar

1.0 E-02

hPa

hecto Pascal

1.0 E-02

kPa

kilo Pascal

1.0 E-03barbar

1.0 E-05mmWa @ 4°C

millimeter of water

1.019716 E-01

mmHg @ 0°C

millimeter of mercury

7.50063 E-03

psi

pound per square inch

1.450377 E-04

psf

pound per square foot1.007206 E-06

inWa @ 4°C

inch of water

4.014649 E-03

inWa @ 20°C

inch of water

4.021732 E-03

inWa @ 60°F

inch of water

4.018429 E-03

inHg @ 0°C

inch of mercury

2.953 E-04

kcm

7.3

MULTIPLY BY

2kilogram force per centimeter square

1.019716 E-05

mTorr

milliTorr (micron of mercury

7.50063

Torr

Torr (millimeter of mercury)7.50063 E-3

User

user

User defined coefficient

REMOTE [ENT]The PPCH-G remote ENTER function operates by detecting the open or closed status of the REMOTE
ENTER switch.
The normal status of the ENTER switch is OPEN. When PPCH-G detects a CLOSED condition held for
300 ms, it is interpreted as equivalent to a press of the [ENT/SET P] key.
Any switch may be used to accomplish the remote ENTER function. The switch should be installed on
the optional remote ENTER cable (DHI P/N 103128). Install the switch by connecting its two terminals tothe black and white wires of the remote ENTER cable.

1. Black wire

2. White wire

Figure 19. Remote [ENT/SET P] connector schematic© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 146

8. WARRANTY8.

WARRANTY

8.1

OVERVIEW

Except to the extent limited or otherwise provided herein, DH Instruments, a Fluke Company warrants
for one year from purchase, each new product sold by it or one of its authorized distributors, only against
defects in workmanship and/or materials under normal service and use. Products which have beenchanged or altered in any manner from their original design, or which are improperly or defectively
installed, serviced or used are not covered by this warranty.
DH Instruments, a Fluke Company and any of its Authorized Service Providers’ obligations with respect
to this warranty are limited to the repair or replacement of defective products after their inspection andverification of such defects. All products to be considered for repair or replacement are to be returned to
DH Instruments or its Authorized Service Provider after receiving authorization from DH Instruments or
its Authorized Service Provider. The purchaser assumes all liability vis a vis third parties in respect of its
acts or omissions involving use of the products. In no event shall DH Instruments be liable to purchaser
for any unforeseeable or indirect damage, it being expressly stated that, for the purpose of this warranty,
such indirect damage includes, but is not limited to, loss of production, profits, revenue, or goodwill, even
if DH Instruments has been advised of the possibility thereof, and regardless of whether such products
are used individually or as components in other products.
The provisions of this warranty and limitation may not be modified in any respect except in writing signed
by a duly authorized officer of DH Instruments, a Fluke Company.
The above warranty and the obligations and liability of DH Instruments, a Fluke Company and its
Authorized Service Providers exclude any other warranties or liabilities of any kind.
Table 28. DHI Authorized Service Providers
DH INSTRUMENTS, A FLUKE COMPANYAUTHORIZED SERVICE PROVIDERSCOMPANYTELEPHONE,
FAX & EMAILADDRESSNORMAL SUPPORTREGION

DH Instruments, a Fluke
Company

4765 East Beautiful Lane
Phoenix AZ 85044-5318
USA

Tel 602.431.9100
Fax 602.431.9559
cal.repair@dhinstruments.com

Worldwide

Minerva
Meettechniek B.V.

Chrysantstraat 1
3812 WX Amersfoort
NETHERLANDS

Tel 31 33 46 22 000
Fax 31 33 46 22 218
info@minervaipm.com

European Union

Ohte Giken, Inc.
Technology Center

258-1, Nakadai,
Kasumigaura-machi, Niihari-Gun
Ibaraki, 300-0133
JAPAN

Tel 81.29.840.9111
Fax 81.29.840.9100
tech@ohtegiken.co.jp

Japan/Asia

DHI Products Technical
Service Division

National Institute of Metrology
Heat Division
Pressure & Vacuum Lab
NO. 18, Bei San Huan Donglu
Beijing 100013
PR CHINA

Tel 010.64291994 ext 5
Tel 010.64218637 ext 5
Fax 010.64218703

Peoples Republic of
China

Page 147© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALNO T E S© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 148

9. GLOSSARY9.

GLOSSARY
Axxx

A type of Q-RPT with a built-in vacuum reference that is intrinsically absolute (e.g. A10M). In
PPCH-G, Axxx Q-RPTs support absolute and gauge measurement modes.

Absolute Mode

Measurement mode in which the Q-RPT indicates absolute pressure (difference from vacuum).

AutoRange

A function that optimizes PPCH-G measurement and control for a specific, user defined
range of operation.

AutoRanged Range

A PPCH-G range created using the AutoRange function.

AutoTest or ATest

PPCH-G on-board automated testing sequences and their results.

AutoZero or AutoZ

A process by which a Q-RPT and measurement mode is rezeroed (offset) relative to a standard.

Barometer

PPCH-G’s on-board atmospheric pressure measuring sensor.
on-board barometer.

Control Mode

Type of automated pressure control (static, dynamic, monotonic or ramp).

Control Parameters

Parameters affecting pressure control and the Ready/Not Ready determination (target,
target limit, hold limit, stability limit, rate limit).

Custom Control

Automated pressure control in which the control parameters are not the default control
parameters.

Default Range (DF)A Q-RPT or utility sensor’s maximum range that is always available on [RANGE] andcannot be deleted.

Deviation

The deviation of the current pressure from the target pressure control value. Indicated in
MAIN RUN screen when in dynamic control mode.

DUT

Device Under Test. The device or devices pneumatically connected to the PPCH-G
TEST port that the PPCH-G is being used to test or calibrate.

Dynamic Control

Control mode in which the pressure is constantly adjusted to remain as close as
possible to the target value.

External device orExternal Q-RPT

A Q-RPT in an RPM4 external to PPCH-G used by PPCH-G for precise pressure
measurement.

FS

Abbreviation of “full scale”. The full scale value is the maximum pressure or the span ofa measurement range. Limits and specifications are often expressed as % FS.

Gauge Mode

Measurement mode in which the Q-RPT indicates gauge pressure (difference fromatmospheric pressure), but only in the positive direction (above atmosphere).

Head

A difference in height between the PPCH-G reference level and the DUT.

Hold Limit

An automated pressure control parameter. Maximum acceptable difference between thecurrent pressure and the target pressure value.

IH or IuH

Internal, Hi. The Q-RPT (IH) or utility sensor (IuH) internal to PPCH-G if there is only
one or, if there are two, the one that has the highest full scale default range.

ILInternal, Lo. Refers to a Q-RPT internal to the PPCH-G that is the lower of the two if
there is a second Q-RPT or utility sensor in the PPCH-G.

Measurement Mode

Whether pressure is being measured relative to absolute zero or vacuum (absolute mode)or relative to atmospheric pressure (gauge mode).

Monotonic Control Mode

Automated pressure control mode in which pressure is set to a target value and thencontrolled at a low rate of change in the same direction as the as the pressure set.

PoffsetThe difference between a Q-RPT reading and the AutoZero reference at the time AutoZ
is run. Used by the AutoZ function when Auto Z is ON to compensate Q-RPT readings
for changes in zero over time.

Pstd,0AutoZero reference value. Value indicated by the device against which the Q-RPT iszeroed by AutoZ.

PA

Pressure adder, used to offset a Q-RPT, utility sensor or barometer to calibrate it.

Page 149

Also referred to as© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

PPCH-G™ OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PM

Pressure multiplier, used to adjust span of a Q-RPT, utility sensor or barometer to calibrate it.

Q-RPT(Reference Pressure
Transducer)

1.

The transducer used by PPCH-G for low uncertainty pressure measurement. The QRPT in a single Q-RPT PPCH-G, or the higher pressure range Q-RPT in a dual QRPT PPCH-G, is referred to as the Hi Q-RPT.

2.

The lower pressure range Q-RPT in a dual Q-RPT PPCH-G is referred to as the Lo QRPT.
PPCH-G Q-RPTs are designated by a leading A (absolute) followed by threenumbers and a letter indicating the maximum range of the Q-RPT in MPa (nnnM).

Ramp Control Mode

Automated pressure control mode in which pressure is set and maintained at a target
rate of change

Rate

The rate of change of the current measured pressure. Indicated in the MAIN RUN
screen when control is suspended and in certain phases of automated pressure control.

Ready/Not Ready

Indication used to indicate when control PPCH-G pressure meets specific behavior
criteria. Ready/Not Ready is indicated by an LED on the PPCH-G front panel and isused to determine when test readings should be taken.

RPM4

Reference Pressure Monitor manufactured by DHI. RPM4s can be set up to act as externalmeasurement devices to operate with PPCH-G.

Span

The difference between FS and the lowest point in a range.

Stability Limit

A limit expressed in units of pressure per second (e.g., kPa/second). The stability limit isused as the Ready/Not Ready criterion. Ready if rate of change is less than stability limit.
Not Ready if rate of change is greater than stability limit.

Static Control

Control mode in which the pressure is set near the target value and then shut OFF andallowed to evolve freely.

Target Pressure

The value to which dynamic, static and monotonic automated pressure control sets thepressure.

UL

Same as Upper Limit.

Upper Limit

A range specific maximum value of pressure not be exceeded and at which PPCH-G willabort pressure setting and beep.

Utility Sensor

The internal, high (IuH) transducer in a PPCH-G if when there is no Q-RPT in the IH
position. A utility sensor is a low accuracy pressure transducer used for pressure
indication, safety and housekeeping functions, not for low uncertainty measurement.

User Level

Levels of security that can be set to protect certain PPCH-G functions from being accessed.

QDUT

On-board automated test sequence that AutoRanges PPCH-G based on characteristicsof the Device Under Test (DUT).

QTEST

Automated test sequence set up and executed using current PPCH-G settings.

X1H, X1L, X2H, X2L

External 1, Hi; External 1, Lo; External 2, Hi; External 2, Lo. Position designators of
Q-RPTs external to a PPCH-G (in RPM4s) that have been connected to PPCH-G andinitialized so that they can be used by PPCH-G for pressure measurement.
“1” is the first RPM4 in the communications daisy chain and “2” is the second.
“Hi” is the Q-RPT in the RPM4 if there is only one or the one that has the highest fullscale default range if there are two.
“Lo” is the lower of the two Q-RPTs if there are two Q-RPTs in the RPM4.

© 2007 DH Instruments, a Fluke Company

Page 150